Agenda packet — Cypress City Council, April 24, 2023 (part 1 of 2)

AMENDED AGENDA

REGULAR MEETING

CYPRESS CITY COUNCIL
April 24, 2023
4:30 P.M. - Workshop/Closed Session
6:00 P.M. - General Session
www.cypressca.org 5275 Orange Avenue
Cypress, California
Interested in speaking to the City Council? Information about participating in the City Council meeting appears at the end of the agenda

AGENDA AMENDMENTS
Agenda Item No. 2 - Submitted public comment attached to report.

Agenda Item No. 4 - Draft minutes updated to include additional details regarding Workshop item.

CALL TO ORDER
4:30 P.M.

Executive Board Room

ROLL CALL
Cypress City Council, also acting as the Ex-Officio Governing Board of Directors of the Cypress Recreation and Park District
Mayor Anne Hertz-Mallari
Mayor Pro Tem Scott Minikus
Council Member David Burke
Council Member Frances Marquez
Council Member Bonnie Peat
ORAL COMMUNICATIONS ON CLOSED SESSION/WORKSHOP ITEMS (Limited to 30 minutes - three minutes per speaker. The City Council may adjust the time allotted per speaker.)
The public may address the City Council on Closed Session/Workshop items prior to any action taken. Although Council Members may provide brief responses, the City Council may not engage in a discussion with members of the public during the meeting. Please complete a Speaker's Card to address the City Council in-person. Members of the public are encouraged to communicate with the City Council via email at [email protected] or by calling 714-229-6699.

WORKSHOP SESSION

WORKSHOP SESSION
Southern California Edison LED Streetlight Conversion Project

CLOSED SESSION
CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL - EXISTING LITIGATION
Pursuant to Government Code Section 54956.9(d)(1)
Southwest Voter Registration Education Project v. City of Cypress Case No. 30-2022-01270865-CU-CR-CJC
Orange County Superior Court
LIABILITY CLAIMS
Pursuant to Section 54956.95
Claimant: Council Member Frances Marquez
Agency claimed against: City of Cypress

RECONVENE
6:00 P.M.

Council Chambers

PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
INVOCATION Saint Irenaeus Catholic Church

REPORT OF WORKSHOP AGENDA / CLOSED SESSION
City Manager/City Attorney

PRESENTATIONS
Cypress Police Foundation Donation Presentation
Business Environmental Awards Presentation
ORAL COMMUNICATIONS ON AGENDA ITEMS (Three minutes per speaker. The City April 24, 2023 | Page 2
ORAL COMMUNICATIONS ON AGENDA ITEMS (Three minutes per speaker. The City Council may adjust the time allotted per speaker.)
The public may address the City Council on agenda items prior to any action taken. Although Council Members may provide brief responses, the City Council may not engage in a discussion with members of the public during the meeting. Please complete a Speaker's Card to address the City Council in-person. Please follow the instructions at the end of the agenda and wait for the Mayor/City Clerk to call on you to address the City Council virtually. Speakers providing in-person comments will be called first. Members of the public are encouraged to communicate with the City Council via email at [email protected] or by calling 714-229-6699.

PUBLIC HEARINGS (Three minutes per speaker.)
The public may address the City Council on public hearing items prior to any action taken.

Although Council Members may provide brief responses, the City Council may not engage in a discussion with member of the public during the meeting. Please complete a Speaker's Card to address the City Council in-person. Please follow the instructions at the end of the agenda and wait for the Mayor/City Clerk to call on you to address the City Council virtually. Speakers providing in-person comments will be called first.

Council Members should disclose any communications relevant to a Public Hearing item.

1. Approve Conditional Use Permit No. 2023-02 for Eight Apartments at 8561 Belmont Street
Prepared by: Alicia Velasco, Planning Director
Recommendation: Adopt a Resolution approving Conditional Use Permit No. 2023-03, subject to the attached conditions, and confirm the project is exempt from California Environmental Quality Act requirements.

CONSENT CALENDAR
All matters listed on the Consent Calendar are to be approved with one motion unless a Council Member requests separate action on a specific item.

2. Receive and File Public Comments Submitted for the April 24, 2023 City Council Meeting
Prepared by: Alisha Farnell, City Clerk
Recommendation: Receive and file submitted public comments.

3. Introduce and/or Adopt All Ordinances and Resolutions Presented for Consideration by Title Only and to Waive Further Reading

4. Approve Minutes - Meeting of March 28, 2023
Prepared by: Alisha Farnell, City Clerk
Recommendation: Approve as submitted.

April 24, 2023 | Page 3

5. Accept a Donation of Police Badges from the Cypress Police Foundation Prepared by: Mark Lauderback, Chief of Police
Recommendation: Accept a donation of 121 Police badges valued at $10,748 from the Cypress Police Foundation.

6. Accept the Shade Structure Replacement at Manzanita Park, Project 333 Prepared by: Doug Dancs, Director of Public Works
Recommendation:

1. Accept the Shade Structure Replacement at Manzanita Park, Project 333, in the amount of $59,940.61 and approve the final payment of $59,940.61 to R.E. Schultz Construction, Inc.; and

2. Authorize the City Engineer to file a Notice of Completion with the County Recorder.

7. Approve Purchase of a Cloud-Based Phone System and Services Prepared by: Matt Burton, Director of Finance and Administrative Services Recommendation:

1. Approve the purchase of a cloud-based telephone system from Ring Central Inc. for $62,405.46; and

2. Award a five-year agreement for phone system service to Ring Central Inc., for annual telephone service, system hosting, maintenance, and support.

8. Approve Plans and Specifications and Award Contracts for Residential Street Resurfacing, Project 314
Prepared by: Doug Dancs, Director of Public Works
Recommendation:

1. Approve Plans and Specifications for Residential Street Resurfacing, Project 314; and

2. Award a contract to American Asphalt South Inc., for $926,269.43, and authorize a contingency of $139,000; and

3. Approve a Task Order for Construction Inspection Services to Ardurra Group Inc., for $131,300 and authorize a contingency of $13,000.

9. Award a Contract for a Right-of-Way Irrigation System Water Conservation Assessment, Project 340
Prepared by:  Doug Dancs, Director of Public Works
April 24, 2023 | Page 4
Prepared by:  Doug Dancs, Director of Public Works
Recommendation:  Award a contract to David Evans and Associates for a Right-of-Way Irrigation Systems Water Conservation Assessment for $50,110, and authorize a contingency of $7,500.

April 24, 2023 | Page 5

10. Award a Contract for a Security System Evaluation of City Facilities, Project 343 Prepared by: Doug Dancs, Director of Public Works
Recommendation: Award a contract to Triad Consulting Group for a security system evaluation of City facilities, Project 343, for $125,000 and authorize a contingency of $12,500.

11. Receive and File the Investment Report for the Month Ended March 31, 2023 Prepared by: Matt Burton, Director of Finance and Administrative Services Recommendation: Receive and file the attached investment report.

12. Receive and File Register of Warrants, Transfers, and Wires Issued for the Period of March 25, 2023 through April 7, 2023
Prepared by: Matt Burton, Director of Finance and Administrative Services Recommendation: Receive and file the attached payment register summarized below for the period of March 25, 2023 through April 7, 2023:

Electronic Funds Transfers 12891 through 12929
Warrants 62070 through 62156
Payroll Transfers W1499

NEW BUSINESS

13. Adopt the Strategic Plan and Six Month Objectives
Prepared by: Peter Grant, City Manager
Recommendation: Adopt the Strategic Plan and six month objectives.

ITEMS FROM CITY COUNCIL MEMBERS

14. Discuss and Provide Direction Regarding Ordinance No. 1193 and Municipal Code Section 2-1 and 2-2
Prepared by: Peter Grant, City Manager
Recommendation: Discuss and provide direction regarding Ordinance No. 1193 and Municipal Code Section 2-1 and 2-2.

15. Discuss and Potentially Provide Direction Regarding Cablecasting/Streaming and Recording City Council Meetings
Prepared by: Peter Grant, City Manager
Recommendation: Discuss and potentially provide direction regarding cablecasting/streaming and recording City Council meetings.

April 24, 2023 | Page 6

16. Discuss and Potentially Provide Direction to the City Manager to Provide the City Council a Presentation on Valley Vista Services' Self-Reported Commingling of Refuse and Recycling from Ovation at Flora Park
Agendized by: Frances Marquez, Council Member
Recommendation: Discuss and potentially provide direction to the City Manager to provide the City Council a presentation on Valley Vista Services' self-reported commingling of refuse and recycling from Ovation at Flora Park.

17. Consider Revising the Process for Council Members to Add Items to the City Council Agenda
Agendized by: Anne Hertz-Mallari, Mayor
Recommendation: Consider revising the process for Council Members to add items to the City Council agenda.

ORAL COMMUNICATIONS ON ITEMS NOT ON THE AGENDA (Three minutes per speaker.

The City Council may adjust the time allotted per speaker.) The public may address the City Council on any item within the subject matter jurisdiction of the City Council. Although Council Members may provide brief responses, the City Council may not discuss nor take action on items that are not on its agenda. Please complete a Speaker's Card to address the City Council in-person. Please follow the instructions at the end of the agenda and wait for the Mayor/City Clerk to call on you to address the City Council virtually.

Speakers providing in-person comments will be called first. Members of the public are encouraged to communicate with the City Council via email at [email protected] or by calling 714-229-6699.

COUNCIL MEMBER REPORTS AND REMARKS

CITY MANAGER REMARKS

ADJOURNMENT
The next meeting will be an adjourned Regular Meeting, to be held on Monday, May 8, 2023, beginning at 5:30 p.m. in the Executive Board Room.

I hereby certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that the foregoing Agenda was posted on the City Hall bulletin board and City website not less than 72 hours prior to the meeting. Dated this 19th day of April, 2023.

________________________________
Alisha Farnell, City Clerk

PUBLIC PARTICIPATION
April 24, 2023 | Page 7

PUBLIC PARTICIPATION
Members of the public can participate in the City Council meeting in the following ways:

1. Attend In-Person. First-come, first-served seating is available. All attendees must be free of any symptoms associated with contagious illnesses.

2. Attend Virtually via Webinar. Follow this link:
https://attendee.gotowebinar.com/register/2209730730313708379. Advance registration is recommended.

The public may address the City Council virtually during Oral Communications on Agenda Items/ Public Hearings/ Oral Communications on Items Not on the Agenda. Virtual participants must click the 'hand raise' button prior to the end of the first in-person speaker to indicate they wish to address the City Council. Upon clicking the 'hand raise' button, please unmute your microphone and wait for the Mayor/City Clerk to call on you.
= Hand Raise = Unmute

3. Submit Public Comments Prior to the Meeting. The public may submit comments via email to [email protected]. Comments submitted by 2:00 p.m. on the day of the meeting will be added to the City Council agenda as a Consent Calendar item.

4. Watch the Meeting. The City Council meeting can be viewed on Spectrum Cable Channel 36 or on the City's website at www.cypressca.org/watchlive.

5. Listen to the Meeting. Listen-only teleconferencing is available by calling (914) 614-3221 and entering Access Code 485-296-325. No registration or audio pin is necessary.

INVOCATION POLICY
The City Council does not endorse the content of the invocation and does not endorse the invocational speaker’s particular faith, belief and/or religious denomination. The City Council has an established neutral policy for selecting and scheduling invocational speakers. The City Council’s policy on invocations is available from the City Clerk.

AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT
In compliance with the Americans With Disabilities Act, if you need special assistance to participate in this meeting, you should contact the City Clerk at (714) 229-6685 at least 72 hours prior to the meeting to enable the City to make reasonable arrangements to assure accessibility to this meeting.

April 24, 2023 | Page 8
CITY OF CYPRESS
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
City Council Regular 1.

FROM: Alicia Velasco, Planning Director
DATE: 04/24/2023
SUBJECT: Approve Conditional Use Permit No. 2023-02 for Eight Apartments at 8561 Belmont Street

RECOMMENDATION
Adopt a Resolution approving Conditional Use Permit No. 2023-03, subject to the attached conditions, and confirm the project is exempt from California Environmental Quality Act requirements.

DISCUSSION
This item was continued from the April 10 City Council meeting due to testimony at the public hearing. The resident of 8541 Belmont Street expressed concern that shade from the project would reduce the effectiveness of his solar panels. In response to the neighbor's concerns, the City Council requested the applicant provide a shade study. According to the attached shade study, 8541 Belmont Street will not be affected by shade since it is situated two properties north of the project. The property directly north of the project is affected by winter shade. However, any structure at the permitted height of the zone (outlined in red on the shade study) would have the same effect.

During the public hearing, additional comments were made regarding on-street parking in the neighborhood. Despite meeting parking requirements, the applicant is working with Planning and Public Works to identify an additional parking space. An update will be provided during the public hearing.

The April 10 staff report detailing the project's development standards is attached. This project is recommended for approval because it complies with the Zoning Ordinance, Municipal Code, and State Density Bonus law. In addition, the project provides eight housing units, including two reserved for very-low-income residents, which will be counted toward the City's Regional Housing Needs Assessment.

ALTERNATIVE ACTIONS
If the City Council identifies issues which should be addressed prior to taking action on this application, the City Council may consider:

Adding conditions of approval to address concerns and/or require the applicant to modify the project design; or

1. Continuing the public hearing and directing staff to work with the applicant to resolve the issues; or

2. Continuing the public hearing, making findings for denial and directing staff to return to City Council with a resolution for denial.

3. BUDGET IMPACT
None.

LEGAL REVIEW
None required.

APPROVED BY: Peter Grant, City Manager
Attachments
CUP Resolution
Project Conditions
April 10 City Council Meeting Staff Report
Shade Analysis
Vicinity Map
Project Plans
Notice of Exemption
RESOLUTION NO.

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CYPRESS, CALIFORNIA, APPROVING CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT NO. 2023-03, FOR THE DEVELOPMENT

OF AN EIGHT-UNIT APARTMENT BUILDING, INCLUDING TWO AFFORDABLE UNITS, RESTRICTED TO VERY LOW INCOME HOUSEHOLDS, ON A 10,000 SQUARE FOOT SITE LOCATED AT 8561 BELMONT STREET WITHIN THE RM-20 (RESIDENTIAL MULTIPLE FAMILY) ZONE AND FINDING THE PROJECT EXEMPT FROM CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT REQUIREMENTS.

WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Cypress has considered an application submitted by 8561 Belmont, LLC (“Developer”) for the development of an eight-unit apartment building, including two affordable units, restricted to very low income households, on a 10,000 square foot site located at 8561 Belmont Street within the RM20 (Residential Multiple Family) zone (the “Project”); and WHEREAS, the subject site is zoned RM-20 (Residential Multiple Family). Section

2.05.030 of the Cypress Zoning Ordinance states that multi-family developments with three or more units in the RM-20 zone are permitted subject to the approval of a Conditional Use Permit; and
WHEREAS, Section 12 of the Cypress Zoning Ordinance includes provisions for density bonus applications as required by California Government Code Sections 65915- 65918 (“State Density Bonus Law”); and
WHEREAS, the Developer has requested a 50 percent density bonus, three concessions, and two waivers in exchange for providing two units affordable to very low income households pursuant to Cypress Zoning Ordinance Section 12 and State Density Bonus Law, as laid out in the City Council staff report dated April 10, 2023; and WHEREAS, the City Council has reviewed the goals and objectives of the General Plan as laid out in the City Council staff report dated April 10, 2023, and finds that the Project is consistent with the intent of the General Plan; and WHEREAS, on April 10, 2023, the City Council held a duly noticed public hearing and considered testimony on the application; and
WHEREAS, the Project is categorically exempt pursuant to California Environmental Quality Act Guidelines, Section 15332 - In-fill Development. Section 15332 exempts in-fill projects in urbanized areas on sites less than five acres; and WHEREAS, the City Council finds that the applicant agrees with the necessity of and accepts all elements, requirements, and conditions of this Resolution as being a reasonable manner of preserving, protecting, providing for, and fostering the health, safety, and welfare of the citizenry in general and the persons who work, visit or live in this development in particular.

Resolution No.

Page 2 ends

NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CYPRESS, CALIFORNIA, DOES HEREBY RESOLVE, based upon substantial evidence taken from the administrative record and at the public hearing, AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. Findings. Pursuant to the Cypress Zoning Ordinance Section

4.19.070 (Conditional Use Permits), the City Council finds, after due study and deliberation that the following circumstances exist:

1. The proposed location of the conditional use is consistent with the requirements of the General Plan and the Zoning District in which the site is located.

The Project is consistent with the intent of the general plan to allow for infill multifamily residential development and to provide for a variety of housing options for Cypress residents. Cypress Zoning Ordinance Section 2.05.030 allows for residential development of three or more units with conditional use permit approval. Further, the project complies with all the requirements of State Density Bonus Law (Government Code Sections 65915-65918).

2. The proposed location of the conditional use and the conditions under which it would be operated or maintained would not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or general welfare, nor would be materially injurious to properties or improvements in the vicinity.

With approval of the conditions included in Exhibit “A”, the Project will not be materially detrimental to the public health, safety or general welfare. The project is surrounded by other multi-family residential uses and to the extent possible has been designed to avoid negatively impacting adjacent uses by including appropriate setbacks, landscaping, and other features. Although the project includes a concession to allow a reduced north side yard setback, the building design minimizes the impact of this setback by primarily locating hallways and stairways on the north side rather than livable space. The conditions included in Exhibit “A” will further ensure that the construction and ongoing maintenance and operation of the project will not negatively impact public health, safety, or general welfare.

3. The proposed conditional use would comply with all applicable provisions of this zoning ordinance.

The applicant has requested three concessions and two waivers pursuant to State Density Bonus Law, which provide relief from the following requirements: 1) maximum height; 2) minimum side yard setback; 3) minimum landscaped area; 4) minimum open space; and, 5) that parking be within an enclosed garage. Without the allowance of these concessions and waiver, the project would not be able to Resolution No.

Page 3 ends

accommodate the density entitled by State Density Bonus Law in exchange for designating two units as affordable to very-low income households. Other than the standards listed above, the project complies with applicable provisions of the zoning ordinance.

SECTION 2. CEQA The City Council finds that the proposed project is categorically exempt pursuant to California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines, Section 15332 – In-fill Development. The Project is an infill project in an urbanized area on a site less than five acres. The Project is consistent with the applicable general plan land use and zoning designations, will not have an adverse impact on any natural habitats, and will not result in significant effects relating to traffic, noise, air quality, or water quality. Therefore, the City Council has determined that there is no substantial evidence that the project may have a significant effect on the environment.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of Cypress hereby approves Conditional Use Permit No. 2023-03, subject to the applicable conditions included in Exhibit “A”. The decision of the City Council is final and conclusive as to all things involved.

Resolution No.

Page 4 ends

PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED by the City Council of the City of Cypress at a regular meeting held on the 10th day of April, 2023. _______________________________

MAYOR OF THE CITY OF CYPRESS
ATTEST:
_________________________________

CITY CLERK OF THE CITY OF CYPRESS

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )

COUNTY OF ORANGE )SS
I, ALISHA FARNELL, City Clerk of the City of Cypress, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing Resolution was duly adopted at a regular meeting of the said City Council held on the 10th day of April, 2023, by the following roll call vote:

AYES: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

NOES: COUNCIL MEMBERS:

ABSENT: COUNCIL MEMBERS:
___________________________________

CITY CLERK OF THE CITY OF CYPRESS
 Community Development Department  Planning Division  EXHIBIT "A"
PROJECT TITLE: CUP NO. 2023-03
ADDRESS: 8561 BELMONT STREET, CYPRESS, CA

CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL

1. General Conditions

1.1. Prior to the issuance of building permits, the project applicant and property owner shall sign and return a City-provided affidavit accepting these conditions of approval. (Planning)

1.2. This permit is granted for the plans dated March 3, 2023, (“the plans”) on file with the Planning Division. The project shall conform to the plans, except as otherwise specified in these conditions, or unless a minor modification to the plans is approved by the Planning Director. A minor modification may be granted for minimal changes or increases in the extent of use or size of structures or of the design, materials or colors of structures or masonry walls. (Planning)

1.3. The applicant shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless, the City and any agency thereof, or any of its agents, officers, and employees from any and all claims, actions, or proceedings against the City or any agency thereof, or any of its agents, officers or employees, to attack, set aside, void or annul, an approval of the City, or any agency thereof, advisory agency, appeal board, or legislative body, including actions approved by the voters of the City, concerning the project, which action is brought within the time period provided in Government Code Section 66499.37 and Public Resources Code, Division 13, CH. 4 (§ 21000 et seq. - including but not by way of limitation § 21152 and 21167). City shall promptly notify the applicant of any claim, action, or proceeding brought within this time period. (City Attorney)

1.4. The applicant’s contractor shall provide the City with a Certificate of Insurance on City form evidencing a comprehensive liability insurance policy with a combined single limit of not less than $500,000 each occurrence in connection with the work performed. Certificate shall include the City, its Council, officers, members of boards or commissions and employees as additional Named Insureds with respect to all claims, actions, damages, liabilities and expenses, including attorney's fees, arising out of or in connection with the work to be performed under the development executed by the Named Insured and City, including any act or omission of employees, agents, subcontractors, or their employees. Such certificate shall have a 30 day cancellation notice to the City of Cypress. (City Attorney)

1.5. All requirements of the Cypress Municipal Code, Orange County Fire Authority (OCFA), Orange County Health Department, and Cypress Building and Safety Division and any other provisions of applicable law shall be satisfied prior to a certificate of occupancy being issued. (Planning)
CUP No. 2023-03 – 8561 Belmont Street
Conditions of Approval - Page 2
 Community Development Department  Planning Division 

1.6. Any failure of applicant to abide by these conditions of approval or sign and return a City-provided affidavit accepting these conditions of approval shall be grounds for City’s initiation of proceedings to revoke this Conditional Use Permit in accordance with the City’s Zoning Ordinance.

1.7. The applicant may request minor modifications of conditions of approval consistent with the intent of the project approval. The modification must be approved in writing by the Planning Director (Conditions of Approval Sections 1- 7), City Engineer (Conditions of Approval Sections 9-21), and the Orange County Fire Authority (Conditions of Approval Section 23). For numerical standards, the Planning Director may approve deviations up to 10% provided that city code requirements are met.

2. Planning

2.1. Any expansion or modification of the approved use beyond what is approved as part of this Conditional Use Permit will require an amendment to the conditional use permit. (Planning)

2.2. Utilities shall be released during the normal course of construction; however, they shall not be released until applicable conditions of approval have been met to the satisfaction of the Community Development Department. (Planning)

2.3. The developer shall provide mailbox facilities for each residence, to the satisfaction of the Planning Director and the Postmaster. (Planning)

2.4. This conditional use permit may be modified or revoked by the City Council should the Council determine that the proposed use or conditions under which it is being operated or maintained is detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or materially injurious to properties or improvements in the vicinity. (Planning)

2.5. Parking spaces shall remain available for resident parking at all times. On-site guest parking shall be prohibited. The developer shall erect a sign at the project entrance prohibiting guest parking on-site. (Planning)

2.6. Areas subject to vehicle loading, including internal streets, driveways, etc., shall consist of Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) unless an alternative material is approved in the project WQMP for infiltration purposes. (Planning)

2.7. A copy of the approved Conditions of Approval shall be included in all development plans submitted to the City. (Planning)

2.8. Exterior lighting shall comply with Section 3.11.060 (Exterior lighting) of the Zoning Ordinance. Developer shall submit a lighting plan showing standard heights and light materials and a photometric plan showing light levels on site and at the adjacent property limits. All parking area and exterior structure light fixtures CUP No. 2023-03 – 8561 Belmont Street
Conditions of Approval - Page 3
 Community Development Department  Planning Division  shall be high cut-off type that divert lighting downward onto the property and shall not cast light on any adjacent property or roadway or cause glare that affects motorists. Illumination levels at the property lines shall not exceed .5 foot candles. (Planning)

2.9. The developer shall construct new masonry block walls along the west (rear) and south (side) property lines, except within the front setback. The new wall shall have a height of six feet as measured from the higher grade. The design of the wall shall be consistent with the design of the rest of the development and shall include precast caps. The developer shall submit wall plans for review and approval by the Planning Director or designee. (Planning)

2.10. The project shall include two units restricted to rents affordable to very-low income households in exchange for a 50 percent density bonus, three concessions, and two waivers, pursuant to Government Code Sections 65915-65918 and as outlined in the staff report dated April 10, 2023. (Planning)

2.11. The developer shall enter into an affordable housing agreement with the City pursuant to Section 3.12.090 of the Cypress Zoning Ordinance. The agreement shall be recorded against the property prior to the issuance of building permits unless otherwise approved by the Planning Director. (Planning)

2.12. The developer shall provide a deposit to cover the costs of City review of the affordable housing agreement. Developer shall be charged against the deposit on a time and materials basis. In the event that the cost of review exceeds the deposit amount, developer shall pay an additional fee to cover the remaining cost.

Any remaining deposited funds shall be refunded to the developer after the affordable housing agreement has been approved.

2.13. The project shall comply with all development standards for affordable units pursuant to Cypress Zoning Ordinance Section 3.12.080, including that affordable units are comparable in size and quality to market rate units. (Planning)

2.14. The developer shall comply with all requirements of Senate Bill 330, including tenant notification requirements and tenant entitlement to relocation benefits and right of first refusal for a comparable unit in the new development.

3. Architectural

3.1. Architectural elevations and site plans shall be reviewed and approved by the Community Development Department prior to the issuance of building permits. (Planning)

3.2. All architectural treatments shall be constructed as illustrated on plans and renderings submitted. The final exterior color scheme shall be submitted to the Community Development Department for review and approval prior to actually painting the structure. (Planning)
CUP No. 2023-03 – 8561 Belmont Street
Conditions of Approval - Page 4
 Community Development Department  Planning Division 

3.3. All equipment, such as heating and air conditioning units, transformer boxes, and water valves shall be adequately screened from public view subject to the approval of the Planning Director. (Planning)

3.4. Developer shall incorporate roof and building drainpipes and downspouts in an architecturally compatible manner including location and color to the satisfaction of the Director of Planning. (Planning)

4. Signage

4.1. Developer shall not erect or display on the subject property any signs which have not been reviewed and approved by the Planning Director. (Planning)

4.2. Signs shall be reviewed under separate permit and pursuant to the requirements of the Cypress Zoning Ordinance. (Planning)

5. Landscaping

5.1. A detailed landscape and automatic irrigation plan shall be submitted to the Planning Division for review and approval at least 60 days prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy. All required landscaping shall be permanently maintained in a neat and orderly condition. (Planning)

5.2. All landscape areas shall comply with the City’s water efficiency ordinance as well as the water efficient requirements of the Cypress Zoning Code and the City’s Drought Response Management Plan. All irrigation shall be provided by a drip or microspray system. (Planning)

5.3. Unless otherwise specified, all required trees shall be a minimum 15-gallon in size and of a variety approved by the Director of Planning. (Planning)

5.4. All required off-site and on-site improvements for the project, including structures, paving, and landscaping, shall be completed prior to occupancy unless the Planning Director allows Developer to provide security or an executed agreement approved by the City Attorney to ensure completion of such improvements. (Planning)

6. Operational

6.1. Parking of recreational vehicles over 20 feet long in the project is prohibited. This restriction shall be included in the lease agreements for the project (Planning).

6.2. The exterior storage of property owner or tenant property within parking areas or anywhere else on site is prohibited. This restriction shall be included in the lease CUP No. 2023-03 – 8561 Belmont Street
Conditions of Approval - Page 5
 Community Development Department  Planning Division  agreements for the project. (Planning)

7. Property Maintenance

7.1. All walls and fences shall be maintained free of significant surface cracks, dry rot, warping, missing panels or blocks, which threaten the structure’s structural integrity. (Planning)

7.2. Parking lot surfaces and pedestrian walkways shall be maintained such that any concrete, asphalt, or other driving or walking surfaces are free of potholes, buckled or cracked surfaces, or raised areas. (Planning)

7.3. The property shall be maintained free of the accumulation of trash and debris.

Trash and debris are to be stored solely in designated solid waste bins. (Planning)

7.4. Exterior building elevations shall be maintained such that the buildings are free of broken, missing, or significantly cracked surface finished materials. (Planning)

7.5. The property shall be maintained clear of all graffiti. All graffiti shall be removed within 48 hours once notified in writing by the City. (Planning)

8. Fees

8.1. As applicable, the applicant shall pay the following fees, as noted below. (Engineering)
• Park and Recreation (Prior to issuance of Building Permit) • Drainage Fee for Master Drainage Plan (Prior to issuance of Building Permit)
• City-wide Traffic Improvement (Prior to issuance of Building Permit) • Regional Traffic Improvement (Prior to issuance of Building Permit) • Final Subdivision Map Check (Prior to submittal of Map) • Sanitary Sewer Connection (Prior to issuance of Building Permit) • Grading / On-Site (Non-Structural) Plan Check (Prior to submittal of Grading Plans)
• Grading Permit and Inspection (Prior to Permit issuance) • Building Plan Check (Prior to submittal of Plans)
• Building Permit and Inspection (Prior to Permit issuance) • Public Improvement Plan Check (Prior to submittal of Plans) • Public Improvement Permit and Inspection (Prior to Permit issuance)

8.2. Within 48 hours of the approval of this project, the applicant/developer shall deliver to the Community Development Department a check payable to the County Clerk-Recorder in the amount of $50.00 for the County administrative fee, CUP No. 2023-03 – 8561 Belmont Street
Conditions of Approval - Page 6
 Community Development Department  Planning Division  to enable the City to file the Notice of Exemption pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines. (Planning)

9. Engineering

9.1. That all engineering requirements of the City of Cypress, including preparation of improvement plans and installation of all improvements such as curbs and gutters, sidewalks, street grading and pavement, sewer and drainage facilities, or other appurtenant work shall be complied with as required by the City Engineer and in accordance with specifications on file in the Office of the City Engineer, as may be modified by the City Engineer; and, that security in the form of a bond, certificate of deposit, letter of credit, completion guarantee, or cash, in an amount and form satisfactory to the City of Cypress, shall be posted with the City to guarantee the satisfactory completion of said improvements. Said security shall be posted with the City prior to the issuance of a building permit or final map approval, whichever occurs first, to guarantee the installation of the related improvements prior to final building and zoning inspections in accordance with an approved construction phasing plan. In the event the developer’s contractor and/or subcontractor fails to diligently prosecute the work within the public rightof-way, the City reserves the right, in its reasonable discretion, to issue a stop work notice and to provide a substitute contractor and/or subcontractor to complete said work at the sole cost and expense of developer. (Engineering)

9.2. The applicant shall not grant any easements over any property subject to a requirement of dedication or irrevocable offer to the City of Cypress, unless such easements are expressly made subordinate to the easements to be offered for dedication to the City. Prior to granting any of said easements, the subdivider shall furnish a copy of the proposed easement to the City Engineer for review and approval. (Engineering) (Easement Subordination)

9.3. Prior to any street construction or relocation, when there are monuments in the project area which control the location of subdivisions, streets or highways, or provide survey control, the developer shall locate and reference the monuments and shall reset them after construction as required by Section 8771 of the Business and Professions Code, in a manner meeting the approval of the City Engineer. (Engineering)

9.4. The applicant shall make all submittals, including engineering, building, grading, water quality, and inquiries through the department’s online plan check and permit application at https://cypressca.viewpointcloud.com or as determined by the City Engineer. (Engineering)

9.5. The applicant will be subject to, but not limited to, the following fees on the attached Cypress Master Fee Schedule (effective 7/1/22):
• building permit and mechanical/electrical/plumbing fees • citywide and regional traffic improvements fees
CUP No. 2023-03 – 8561 Belmont Street
Conditions of Approval - Page 7
 Community Development Department  Planning Division  • grading and public works permit and plan check fees
• Park Development Fee
(Engineering)

10.Landscaping within the Public Right-of-Way

10.1. The applicant or his successor in interest shall maintain all landscaping planted in the public right-of-way located along the frontage of their property in a healthy and safe condition. (Engineering, Maintenance)

11.Sewer and Wastewater

11.1. The developer shall construct new private sewer laterals with cleanouts at a location approved by the City Engineer. (Engineering)

11.2. All sewer lines within the development shall be private sewer lines and shall be maintained and cleaned by the developer, or successor in interest. The City of Cypress shall have no responsibility for maintenance of the private sewer lines. (Engineering)

12.Street Trees

12.1. If trees are planted within the public right of way, they shall be installed in accordance with the approved street landscape plan subject to the approval of the City Engineer. (Engineering)

12.2. The applicant or successor in interest shall trim all trees in the public right-of-way by following the City’s tree trimming policy annually or as prescribed by the City Engineer and maintain the trees in a healthy and safe condition. (Maintenance)

13.Street Lighting

13.1. N/A

14.Streets

14.1. Prior to the issuance of any certificate of occupancy, including temporary, the applicant shall resurface Belmont Street (2” grind and overlay asphalt concrete pavement) along the property frontage. Construct all improvements in accordance with Cypress Public Works standards and specifications to satisfaction of the City Engineer.

14.2. Prior to the issuance of any certificate of occupancy, including temporary, the applicant shall install a new driveway approach that is compliant with the American Disabilities Act along the property frontage on Belmont Street. The developer shall comply with the following requirements regarding the improvements:

CUP No. 2023-03 – 8561 Belmont Street
Conditions of Approval - Page 8
 Community Development Department  Planning Division  • Construct all improvements in accordance with Cypress Public Works standards and specifications to satisfaction of the City Engineer. • Prior to construction, obtain and pay for a permit and inspection services.

As part of the permit, maintain a schedule on file with the City Engineer for the work.
• Adjust utility vaults and boxes to grade in accordance with the corresponding utility’s requirements and standards.
• Relocate any utilities as necessary securing the appropriate approvals from the respective utilities.
• If necessary, grant easements to the City for pedestrian purposes for any sidewalk or driveways for compliance with ADA requirements prior to issuance of a permit for construction.
(Engineering)

14.3. Remove and replace any damaged street, pavement, sidewalk, curb and gutter, or any other public improvements as a result of work associated with this project and appropriately clean the area to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.

14.4. The applicant shall submit a street design plans for approval by the City Engineer for all proposed City streets or any work within existing public right of way. Street name signs and traffic signs shall be installed per City Standards. (Engineering)

14.5. Prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy, the applicant shall remove and replace any existing public improvements at the development site which have existing damage, are damaged due to construction, or otherwise below current standards, to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. (Engineering)

15.Subdivisions

15.1. N/A

16.Traffic

16.1. The access driveway to the development shall be designed such as there is minimal impact on the vehicle’s tire upon ingress and egress from the driveway, as approved by the City Engineer. (Engineering)

16.2. The quantity, location, width, and type of public driveways shall be subject to the approval of the City Traffic Engineer. Prior to construction of any driveway approach upon public street right-of-way, the applicant shall obtain a public works permit.
(Engineering) (Driveways)
CUP No. 2023-03 – 8561 Belmont Street
Conditions of Approval - Page 9
 Community Development Department  Planning Division 

16.3. Prior to the issuance of any grading permits, the applicant shall provide adequate sight distance per Engineering Standard Plan 204 and 205 at all street intersections, driveways, and parkways, in a manner meeting the approval of the City Traffic Engineer. The applicant shall make all necessary revisions to the plan to meet the sight distance requirement such as removing slopes or other encroachments from the limited use area in a manner meeting the approval of the City Engineer. (Engineering) (Sight Distance)

17.Utilities

17.1. Prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy, the applicant shall install all new and existing utility services underground. (Engineering)

17.2. Arterials shall be crossed by boring only. In public streets, lateral open cuts spaced within 20 feet of each other shall be covered with a one-inch continuous asphalt concrete cap. (Engineering)

18.Drainage

18.1. Prior to issuance of grading permits or recordation of the subdivision map, whichever comes first, at the direction of the City Engineer, the applicant shall submit a grading plan for approval signed and stamped by a registered California civil engineer and using actual grades from an Orange County Surveyor's Benchmark. (Engineering)
The applicant shall ensure the following requirements are met:
- Drainage is solved to the satisfaction of the City Engineer and Building Official. - The Grading Plan is consistent with the Water Quality Management Plan, Site Plan and any Improvement Plan for proposed public storm drains. - Submittal of a Preliminary Grading Plan if deemed necessary by the City Engineer.
- The topography of the area surrounding this development shall be made to establish existing drainage flow patterns.
- The minimum slope standards are met for 1% for landscape areas, AC parking areas 1.5%, Concrete .2%.
- All surface runoff and subsurface drainage directed to the nearest acceptable drainage facility, as determined by the City Engineer.
- Drainage facilities discharging onto adjacent property shall be designed to imitate the manner in which runoff is currently produced from the site or alternatively, the applicant may obtain a drainage acceptance and maintenance agreement, suitable for recordation, from the owner of said adjacent property.
- All drainage facilities must be consistent with the County of Orange Grading Ordinance as supplemented by the Engineering Division and Local Drainage Manual.

CUP No. 2023-03 – 8561 Belmont Street
Conditions of Approval - Page 10
 Community Development Department  Planning Division 

19.Storm Water Quality – National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System

19.1 Development must be undertaken in accordance with conditions and requirements of the Santa Ana Region National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit Order No. R8-2009-0030 as amended by Order No. R8-2010-0062.

19.2 Prior to the issuance of any grading or building permits, the applicant shall submit for review and approval by the City Engineer, a Final Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP). The WQMP must include best management practices for source control, pollution prevention, site design, and low impact development as well as structural treatment controls among many factors.

Site design for controlling urban runoff must first evaluate infiltration, then harvest and water re-use, then evapotranspiration and only bio-treatment if the other three are not feasible. The WQMP must identify the routine structural and non-structural measures specified in the current Drainage Area Management Plan (DAMP) and utilize the Orange County Technical Guidance Document (OC TGD) as well as the Model WQMP.

Applicable WQMP projects must also:
• Utilize the City’s current WQMP template;
• Utilize the City’s online WQMP application system for submittal; • Address site Design BMPs (as applicable) such as minimizing impervious areas, maximizing permeability, minimizing connected impervious areas, creating reduced or zero discharge areas, and conserving natural areas; • Incorporate Routine Source Control BMPs as defined in the DAMP; • Include post-construction Treatment Control BMP(s) as defined in the DAMP;
• Include and Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Plan that (1) describes the long- term operation and maintenance requirements for posconstruction Treatment Control BMP(s); (2) identifies the entity that will be responsible for long-term operation and maintenance of the referenced Treatment Control BMP(s); (3) describes the mechanism for funding the long-term operation and maintenance of the references Treatment Control BMP(s); (4) includes the Water Quality Implementation Covenant and Agreement.

19.3 Prior to issuance of and grading or building permits, the applicant must submit a certified copy of the approved Final Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) along with the final approved Grading Plan and all other supporting documentation on a USB flash drive in a single digital file (pdf) format acceptable to the City Engineer. The Final WQMP Submittal and subsequent approval of the Preliminary Water Quality Management Plan does not guarantee approval of the Final Water Quality Management Plan. Should the final calculations and submittals not meet the required thresholds necessary CUP No. 2023-03 – 8561 Belmont Street
Conditions of Approval - Page 11
 Community Development Department  Planning Division  to meet the obligations of the City under the NPDES Permit for development and its incorporated documents such as the DAMP and OC TGD. alterations to the site and the site plan may be required as prescribed by the City Engineer to the WQMP. Any significant alteration to the site plan due to the Final WQMP may require approval of the Council for the revision. Additionally, the WQMP must identify a responsible party and implement funding sources for maintaining post construction BMPs as required as part of the development and must ensure that appropriate easements and ownerships are properly recorded in public records and access is made available for inspection of said devices.

19.4 The owner is responsible for providing a Water Quality Implementation Covenant and Agreement and an Operations and Maintenance plan that outlines the funding and maintenance of water quality BMPs, consent to inspect, and indemnification on the forms provided by the City for all postconstruction stormwater mitigation and treatment devices, as required by the Santa Ana Regional National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit Order No. R8-2009-0030 as amended by Order No. R8- 2010- 0062. The agreement will be subject to the review and approval of the City Engineer and City Attorney. Before final acceptance of project improvements, the owner or his/her designated representative must certify that the treatment device was constructed and installed in accordance with the approved plans. Prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy, the applicant must demonstrate compliance with the City's NPDES Implementation Program in a manner meeting the satisfaction of the City Engineer and Water Quality Manager, including:
• Demonstrate that all structural Best Management Practices (BMPs) described in the BMP Exhibit from the project's approved WQMP and Maintenance Covenant and Agreement have been implemented, constructed and installed in conformance with approved plans and specifications
• Demonstrate that the applicant has complied with all non-structural BMPs described in the project's WQMP
• Demonstrate that copies of the project's approved WQMP and Covenant and Agreement (with attached O&M Plan) are available for each of the initial occupants
• Agree to provide pay a compliance deposit to pay for any required inspections and any additional non-compliance inspections as the City deems necessary
• Submit certified record drawings as well as the project engineer’s postconstruction certification as well as the owner’s post construction certification on a template provided by the City
• Agree to pay for an inspection (special investigation) from the City for a date 12 months after the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the project to verify compliance with the approved WQMP, Maintenance CUP No. 2023-03 – 8561 Belmont Street
Conditions of Approval - Page 12
 Community Development Department  Planning Division  Covenant and Agreement and O&M Plan.
• Demonstrate that the applicant has RECORDED one of the following:

1. The CC&R's (that must include the approved WQMP, Maintenance Covenant and Agreement and O&M Plan) for the project's
Homeowner’s Association;

2. A Water Quality Implementation Covenant and Agreement that has the approved WQMP and O&M Plan attached; or

3. The final approved Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) and Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Plan. (Engineering, Water Quality) (NPDES/WQMP Compliance Measures)

19.5 All onsite storm drain inlets, whether newly constructed or existing, must be labeled “No Dumping Drains to Ocean” before occupancy in accordance with city requirements.

19.6 All exterior metal building surfaces, including roofs, must be coated with rustinhibitive paint to prevent corrosion and release of metal contaminants into the storm drain system prior to occupancy.

19.7 Trash enclosures and/or recycling area(s) must include a structure to cover the enclosure with a solid roof design below to direct stormwater away from entering the enclosure. All litter/waste material must be kept in leak-proof containers. Area(s) must be paved with impermeable material. No other area may drain onto these areas. The trash enclosure and/or recycling area(s) may not drain to the storm drain system and all cleanups must be performed using dry cleanup methods. Additionally, there must be a posted sign on the trash enclosure informing users that hazardous materials are not to be disposed therein. Enclosures for air compressors must include a roof installation similar to trash enclosures, and direct water from entering the enclosure. Additionally, trash enclosures may be required to be modified to meet the current solid waste requirements.

19.8 Pet waste collection systems or dispensers, which hold bags for pet owners to use to pick up waste, must be installed in close proximity to trash receptacles in all common use areas. Regular refuse collection and resupply of pickup bags must be conducted by property owner or homeowner’s or business owner’s association.

19.9 Decorative fountains and ponds must be designed with no connection to the storm drain system. The discharge of non-stormwater from fountains and ponds must not be allowed to drain to the storm drain system.

19.10 Prior to the issuance of any grading or building permit, the applicant must submit an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) in a manner meeting approval of the City Engineer and the Building Official and in accordance with CUP No. 2023-03 – 8561 Belmont Street
Conditions of Approval - Page 13
 Community Development Department  Planning Division  requirements of the Santa Ana Regional National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit Order No. R8-2009-0030 as amended by Order No. R8-2010-0062. The ESCP must be developed and implemented to demonstrate compliance with the City’s NPDES Implementation Program and State water quality regulations for grading and construction activities. The ESCP must identify how all construction materials, wastes, grading or demolition debris, and stockpiles of soil, aggregates, soil amendments, etc. must be properly covered, stored, and secured to prevent transport into local drainage ways or coastal waters by wind, rain, tracking, tidal erosion or dispersion. The ESCP must also describe how the applicant will ensure that all BMPs will be maintained during construction of any future public right-ofways. The ESCP must be updated as needed to address the changing circumstances of the project site. A copy of the current ESCP must be kept at the project site and be available for City review on request.

19.11 Prior to issuance of certificate of occupancy, the applicant must clean all on site storm drain systems, catch basins, filters, storm drain lines, inlet boxes, etc. Additionally, upon direction of the City Engineer, the applicant must clean any public storm drain systems, catch basins, filters, lines, inlet boxes that the City Engineer has determined have been impacted by the applicant's construction. If clean-up is not performed, the City may make arrangements to clean the system at developer’s expense.

19.12 The owner is responsible for maintaining and operating all on-site private improvements.

19.13 All property areas must be maintained free of litter/debris.

19.14 All onsite storm drains must be cleaned at least twice a year; once immediately before October 1st (the beginning of the rainy season), and once in January.

Additional cleaning may be required by the City Engineer.

19.15 There must be no pressure washing of parking or loading areas, material and waste storage areas, or building site, unless the City approves a collection system to keep water from entering the storm drain.

19.16 Landscaping must be properly maintained with efficient irrigation to reduce runoff, promote surface filtration, and minimize the use of fertilizers and pesticides that can contribute to urban runoff pollution.

19.17 Waters from salt-chemistry pools or spas, filter waste and acid-wash or other cleaning wastewater are prohibited and illegal to discharge to the storm drain system. Water from swimming pools may be discharged to the storm drain system as long as the discharge meets the City’s Municipal Stormwater Permit requirements. There must not be any swimming pool drains directly connected to the storm drain system.

CUP No. 2023-03 – 8561 Belmont Street
Conditions of Approval - Page 14
 Community Development Department  Planning Division 

19.18 Any CUP applicant or its successor shall be responsible for the cost of any water quality inspections by the City that are mandated by the State of California or by the U.S. Environmental Protections Agency (USEPA) presently or in the future.

19.19 The Improvement Bond must incorporate all post-construction stormwater devices from the approved WQMP. These costs will be provided in the WQMP for review and inclusion in the Improvement Bond and shall cover device defects as well as malfunctions and possible replacement in the event the device is damaged or not operating per the manufacturer’s specification or intended design.

19.20 The applicant will be subject to all requirements of Section 13-29 of the Cypress Municipal Code regarding stormwater pollution prevention including, but not limited to, an Operations and Maintenance Verification Certification – WQMP Post Construction through the City’s online application and permitting system, prior to issuance of a final certificate of occupancy.

20.Building and Safety

20.1. Applicant/developer shall provide a single point of contact for all phases of the permitting process and the construction process. The point of contact may be different for permitting and construction. The applicant/developer will provide a 24-hour contact number. This person will be responsible for all communications with Building and safety including but not limited to application, plan submittal, permit issuance, inspection requests and any other requests or inquiries. (Building and Safety)

20.2. The applicant will schedule a pre-construction meeting with both the Building Official and City Engineer (or desginees) prior to any work starting on the project site. The meeting shall take place one to two weeks prior to the start of construction. All contractors including their superintendents, designers/engineers will be required to attend unless otherwise directed by the Director of Public Works. (Building and Safety, Engineering)

20.3. Construction bins for non-recyclable and recyclable materials generated from any construction site (residential and non-residential) must be placed “on site” out of the public right-of-way unless permit is obtained from the City Engineer. (Building & Safety)

20.4. A pre-grading SWPPP’s inspection is required prior to grading permit issuance.

All required grading stormwater BMPs shall be installed and inspected by the Building Division prior to release of the grading permit. (Building & Safety)

20.5. Delivery, loading and unloading of construction materials shall occur on site and not within the Public Right of Way unless a permit is obtained from the City Engineer. (Building and Safety)
CUP No. 2023-03 – 8561 Belmont Street
Conditions of Approval - Page 15
 Community Development Department  Planning Division 

21.Solid Waste

21.1. The applicant shall construct new or modify its existing trash enclosure structures to house all required solid waste containers (trash, recycle, organics) and possess a solid covered roof that prohibits stormwater to enter and then discharge from the enclosure. (Public Works, Water Quality) (Trash Enclosures)

21.2. The applicant shall subscribe to solid waste services from the City’s solid waste hauler with no less than one time per week service for trash, recycling, and organics recycling. These shall be properly maintained and not allowed to overflow. Source separated organic recycling is required unless alternatives are approved in writing from the Public Works Director. (Public Works, Water Quality)

21.3. For phased construction, as buildings are occupied, the applicant shall ensure there is adequate room and clearance for solid waste trucks and for placement of construction bins on site during construction. Access ways shall not be blocked without written approval of the Building Official. (Public Works)

21.4. The applicant shall not install a trash compactor at the site without first having received written approval from the City’s solid waste hauler. (Public Works)

22. Security

22.1. N/A

23. Fire

23.1. Plan Submittal: The applicant or responsible party shall submit the plan(s) listed below to the Orange County Fire Authority for review. Approval shall be obtained on each plan prior to the event specified.

Prior to OCFA clearance of a final map or issuance of a precise grading permit or a building permit, if a grading permit is not required:
• fire master plan (service code PR145)
Prior to issuance of a building permit:
• architectural (service codes PR264-PR272, full review) • alternative methods and materials (AM&M) request (service code PR910), if any portion of the structure will be occupied prior to completion of the entire structure. Phased occupancy AM&M requests shall accompany the architectural submittal.

CUP No. 2023-03 – 8561 Belmont Street
Conditions of Approval - Page 16
 Community Development Department  Planning Division  • underground piping for private hydrants and fire sprinkler systems (service code PR470-PR475)
• fire sprinkler system (service codes PR400-PR465)
Prior to concealing interior construction:
• sprinkler monitoring system (service code PR500)
Specific submittal requirements may vary from those listed above depending on actual project conditions identified or present during design development, review, construction, inspection, or occupancy. Portions of the project that are deferred shall be subject to the codes, standards, and other applicable requirements in force on the date that the deferred plan is submitted to OCFA.

Standard notes, guidelines, informational bulletins, submittal instructions, and other information related to plans reviewed by the OCFA may be found by visiting ocfa.org and clicking on “Business→Planning & Development Services” in the menu bar at the top of the screen.

23.2. Temporary/Final Occupancy Inspections: Prior to issuance of temporary or final certificate of occupancy, all OCFA inspections shall be completed to the satisfaction of the OCFA inspector and be in substantial compliance with codes and standards applicable to the project and commensurate with the type of occupancy (temporary or final) requested. Inspections shall be scheduled at least five days in advance by calling OCFA Inspection Scheduling at 714-573- 6150.

23.3. Phased Occupancy: Phased occupancy of this structure shall be permitted only with prior approval from OCFA and the Building Official. Requests for phased occupancy shall be submitted for evaluation by OCFA as an alternate materials and methods proposal (PR910) accompanying the architectural submittal. Such requests shall be made prior to start of construction only.

23.4. Lumber-drop Inspection: After installation of required fire access roadways and hydrants, the applicant shall receive clearance from the OCFA prior to bringing combustible building materials on-site. Call OCFA Inspection Scheduling at 714-573-6150 with the Service Request number of the approved fire master plan at least five days in advance to schedule the lumber drop inspection.

Effective: _______ (Date of CC Mtg.)

SECTIONS

1. General

2. Planning

3. Architectural
CUP No. 2023-03 – 8561 Belmont Street
Conditions of Approval - Page 17
 Community Development Department  Planning Division 

4. Signage

5. Landscaping

6. Operational

7. Property Maintenance

8. Fees

9. Engineering

10. Landscaping in the Public Right-of-Way

11. Sewer and Wastewater

12. Street Trees

13. Street Lighting

14. Streets

15. Subdivisions

16. Traffic

17. Utilities

18. Drainage

19. Storm Water Quality

20. Building & Safety

21. Solid Waste

22. Security

23. Fire
CITY OF CYPRESS
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
City Council Regular Item # 2.

FROM: Alicia Velasco, Planning Director
DATE: 04/10/2023
SUBJECT: Approve Conditional Use Permit No. 2023-02 for Eight Apartments at 8561 Belmont Street

DISCUSSION
8561 Belmont, LLC submitted an application for a Conditional Use Permit for the development of eight apartments at 8651 Belmont Street in the RM-20 (Residential Multiple Family) Zone. The application requests a density bonus in exchange for two units affordable for very low-income households in accordance with Zoning Code Section 3.12 (Density Bonus).

Project Description
The project is a four-story apartment building with six market rate and two affordable units. RM-20 zoning requirements allow four units, but eight units are permitted under density bonus provisions, provided two are affordable to households with very-low incomes. A 55-year deed restriction is required for affordable units and details on the density bonus are provided later in this report.

Subject Property and Surrounding Land Uses
The 10,000 square foot site contains two existing units (built in 1931 and 1960) that will be demolished as part of the project.

The project site is bounded by the following uses:

Direction Land Use Zoning
North Multi-family (2-3 unit properties) RM-20 (Residential Multiple Family) South Multi-family (2-3 unit properties) RM-20 (Residential Multiple Family) East Multi-family (2-3 unit properties;
condominium complex) RM-20 (Residential Multiple Family) West Multi-family (2-3 unit properties) RM-20 (Residential Multiple Family) Regulatory Control and Required Discretionary Actions
The RM-20 Zone is intended for residential development with a density of up to 20 dwelling units per acre.

Section 2.05.030 of the Zoning Code requires a CUP for residential development of more than three units. The application requests a density bonus, concession and waivers that the City is required by State law to grant in exchange for the applicant entering into an Affordable Housing Agreement with the City.

Development Standards
The concessions and a waiver from development standards are:

Standards Required Proposed
Minimum Parcel Width 100 feet 50 feet1
Minimum Parcel Depth 100 feet 200 feet
Maximum Allowable Density 20 du/ac ~35 du/ac2
Maximum Height 35 feet 39’-6”4
Minimum Side Setback 10 feet North: 4 feet4
South: 10 feet
Maximum Lot Coverage 45% 42.6%
Minimum Open Space 400 sf/unit x 8
units = 3,200 sf 1,360 sf3
Minimum Landscaped Open Area 35% 13.6%3

1.Legal nonconforming

2. Density bonus

3. Concession

4. Waiver
SITE PLAN AND DESIGN REVIEW
Building Design and Architecture
The first story of the four-story building contains a lobby with elevator and stair access, a trash room, and tuck-under parking. The second floor includes a studio and three one-bedroom units. The third and fourth floors include two-story, three-bedroom units. Each unit includes an open floor plan living area and laundry hookups.

The building features a modern architectural style with a variety of materials, including stucco, vertical wood siding, and stone veneer. The applicant conducted a window alignment study (see page G011 of the attached plans) to avoid privacy issues for adjacent properties. No windows directly align with windows on adjacent properties. Additionally, the north side of the building (which has a reduced side yard setback) is primarily hallways and staircases, rather than living space.

Access and Parking
The site is accessed by a 24-foot wide driveway, which was reviewed and approved by Orange County Fire Authority. State law allows reduced parking for density bonus projects in addition to any incentives or concessions. The project complies with State parking requirements:

Unit Type State Parking Requirement Total Provided
0-1 Bedroom 1 space x 4 units 4 spaces
2-3 Bedroom 1.5 spaces x 4 units 6 spaces
Total 10 spaces
The project provides tuck-under carport parking, a concession from the Zoning Code's garage requirement the City is required to grant.

Landscaping and Open Space
The project provides 1,360 square feet of landscaping (21% less than required) primarily in the front yard setback and along the driveway. The rear yard includes a dog run with synthetic turf. The project includes new block walls along the rear and south property lines. Although the application requests a concession for landscaped area and open space, the provided landscaping complies with the City’s Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance and other Municipal Code requirements.

DENSITY BONUS
Density
A project that designates 15 percent of units as affordable is eligible for a 50 percent density bonus under State law. An eight unit project must designate two units for very-low income households.

Base Density (20 du/ac) Lot size x 20 du/ac = 4.59 units, rounded up = 5 units Density Bonus (50%) 5 units x 50% = 2.5 units, rounded up = 3 units Total Units 5 units + 3 units = 8 units
15% VL Income 8 units x 15% = 1.2 units, rounded up = 2 units Affordable housing income limits (very low, low, moderate) are set by the State Department of Housing and Community Development. Very-low income households have an income between 30 and 50 percent of the area median income. For 2022, the annual income limit for very-low income households in Orange County ranged from $47,450 to $89,450, depending on household size. The two units in the project are restricted for very-low income tenants for 55 years.

Incentives and Concessions
The project is entitled to three concessions, or modifications of the development standards and code requirements. The application requests:

1.Parking in a carport rather than an enclosed garage (Zoning Code Section 2.05.050)

2. Reduction in open space from 3,200 sf to 1,360 sf (Zoning Code Section 2.05.040)

3. Reduction in landscaped area from 35% to 13.6% (Zoning Code Section 2.05.040) Waivers and Reductions
State law also allows waivers from standards that prevent development at the permitted density. In order for a city to reject a waiver, it must identify a specific, adverse impact on health or safety that cannot be avoided or mitigated. The application requests a waiver from the 35-foot maximum height and 10-foot side yard setback required by the Zoning Ordinance to accommodate the eight units permitted by the density bonus.

Affordable Housing Agreement/Local Requirements
The Zoning Code requires an affordable housing agreement, which is recorded against the property. The agreement specifies:

1. The density bonus, incentives, concessions, and waivers granted

2. The location, size, and bedroom count of affordable units

3. The affordability level and term

4.An affirmative marketing plan to ensure advertising of units to a wide spectrum of residents Additionally, affordable units must be distributed throughout the development, have similar finishes, and be a comparable size to market rate units. These requirements are included as conditions of approval.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
The project is categorically exempt from further California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) review, pursuant to the CEQA Guidelines, Section 15332, to promote infill development in urbanized areas. The project is consistent with the applicable General Plan and zoning designations and is located on a lot smaller than five acres. Further, the project is surrounded by urban uses, and will not result in significant effects relating to traffic, noise, air quality, or water quality.

PUBLIC HEARING / PUBLIC OUTREACH PROCESS
The applicant hosted a virtual community meeting on March 30 and sent notice to adjacent property owners, including all 60 condominiums across the street from the project. No one attended the meeting. Public hearing notices were posted and mailed to all property owners within 500 feet of the project. All written communication related to the public hearing received prior to publishing the City Council agenda is attached. Written communication submitted by 3:00 p.m. on April 10 will be part of the public hearing administrative record.

ALTERNATIVE ACTIONS
If the City Council identifies issues which should be addressed prior to taking action on this application, the City Council may consider:

Adding conditions of approval to address concerns and/or require the applicant to modify the project design; or

1. 2. Continuing the public hearing and directing staff to work with the applicant to resolve the issues; or Continuing the public hearing, making findings for denial and directing staff to return to City Council with a resolution for denial.

3. 15% VL Income 8 units x 15% = 1.2 units, rounded up = 2 units BUDGET IMPACT
None.

LEGAL REVIEW
None required.

APPROVED BY: Peter Grant, City Manager
Attachments
CUP Resolution
Project Conditions
Vicinity Map
Project Plans
Notice of Exemption
DRAWING NAME:

PROJECT NAME:

DRAWING NO:

SUBMISSION DATE DESCRIPTION
JOB NO:

SCALE
:

STATUS
:

NOTES
:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN IMPERIAL

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL RELEVANT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS

DO NOT SCALE FROM THIS DRAWING

REPORT ANY ERRORS, CONTRADICTIONS AND OMISSIONS AS SOON AS POSSIBLE THESE PRELIMINARY DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN PREPARED FOR OUR CLIENT. THE DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY AND ARE SUBJECT TO FURTHER DESIGN DEVELOPMENT. THE BASE FOR

THESE DRAWINGS IS RECORD INFORMATION PREPARED BY OTHERS, WHOSE ACCURACY CANNOT BE VERIFIED. DO NOT SCALE FROM DRAWINGS.WHEN THIS DRAWING IS ISSUED IN .DWG FORMAT

IT IS AN UNCONTROLLED VERSION ISSUED TO ENABLE THE RECIPIENT TO PREPARE THEIR OWN DRAWINGS FOR WHICH THEY ARE SOLEY RESPONSIBLE. IT IS BASED ON BACKGROUND INFORMATION CURRENT AT TIME OF ISSUE. KAP STUDIOS ACCEPTS NO LIABILITY FOR ANY SUCH

ALTERATIONS OR ADDITIONS TO OR DISCREPANCIES ARISING OUT OF CHANGES TO SUCH BACKGROUND INFORMATION WHICH OCCUR AFTER IT IS ISSUED BY KAP STUDIOS.

KEY
:
/
SEA
L

CONSULTANT

REV DATE DESCRIPTION
ORIGINAL SHEET SIZE 24" x 36"
BLDG DEPT. NO.

DATE
:

GENERAL
NOTES:

CLIENT
T

ARCHITECT
W
E
+1 (213) 268
8621
www.kapstudios.com
[email protected]
A 5150 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90036
Suite 404
T
W
E
+1 (XXX) XXX XXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

A XXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

REPLACE WITH CONSULTANT LOGO XXXXXXXXXXX
T
W
E
A
4/12/2023 4:36:51 PM

SOLAR SUMMER SOLSTICE SITE ANALYSIS
8561 BELMONT ST
G013
22011

SCHEMATIC DESIGN
01 12/09/2022 CITY OF CYPRESS REVIEW
02 01/17/2023 CITY OF CYPRESS REVIEW
03 01/20/2023 CITY OF CYPRESS REVIEW
04 02/02/2023 CITY OF CYPRESS REVIEW
05 02/15/2023 CITY OF CYPRESS REVIEW
06 03/02/2023 CITY OF CYPRESS (ENTITLEMENT)

03.03.2023
G013 SOLAR SUMMER SOLSTICE (JUNE AT 8.00AM)
1 G013 SOLAR SUMMER SOLSTICE (JUNE AT 4.00PM)
2 G013 SOLAR SUMMER SOLSTICE (JUNE AT 12.00PM)
3 N
DRAWING NAME:

PROJECT NAME:

DRAWING NO:

SUBMISSION DATE DESCRIPTION
JOB NO:

SCALE
:

STATUS
:

NOTES
:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN IMPERIAL

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL RELEVANT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS

DO NOT SCALE FROM THIS DRAWING

THESE DRAWINGS IS RECORD INFORMATION PREPARED BY OTHERS, WHOSE ACCURACY CANNOT BE VERIFIED. DO NOT SCALE FROM DRAWINGS.WHEN THIS DRAWING IS ISSUED IN .DWG FORMAT

ALTERATIONS OR ADDITIONS TO OR DISCREPANCIES ARISING OUT OF CHANGES TO SUCH BACKGROUND INFORMATION WHICH OCCUR AFTER IT IS ISSUED BY KAP STUDIOS.

KEY
:
/
SEA
L

CONSULTANT

REV DATE DESCRIPTION
ORIGINAL SHEET SIZE 24" x 36"
BLDG DEPT. NO.

DATE
:

GENERAL
NOTES:

CLIENT
T

ARCHITECT
W
E
+1 (213) 268
8621
www.kapstudios.com
[email protected]
A 5150 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90036
Suite 404
T
W
E
+1 (XXX) XXX XXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

A XXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

REPLACE WITH CONSULTANT LOGO XXXXXXXXXXX
T
W
E
A
4/12/2023 4:36:59 PM

SOLAR WINTER SOLSTICE SITE ANALYSIS
8561 BELMONT ST
G014
22011

03.03.2023
G014 SOLAR WINTER SOLSTICE (DECEMBER AT 8.00AM)
1 G014 SOLAR WINTER SOLSTICE (DECEMBER AT 4.00PM)
2 G014 SOLAR WINTER SOLSTICE (DECEMBER AT 12.00PM)
3 N
DRAWING NAME:

PROJECT NAME:

DRAWING NO:

SUBMISSION DATE DESCRIPTION
JOB NO:

SCALE
:

STATUS
:

NOTES
:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN IMPERIAL

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL RELEVANT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS

DO NOT SCALE FROM THIS DRAWING

THESE DRAWINGS IS RECORD INFORMATION PREPARED BY OTHERS, WHOSE ACCURACY CANNOT BE VERIFIED. DO NOT SCALE FROM DRAWINGS.WHEN THIS DRAWING IS ISSUED IN .DWG FORMAT

ALTERATIONS OR ADDITIONS TO OR DISCREPANCIES ARISING OUT OF CHANGES TO SUCH BACKGROUND INFORMATION WHICH OCCUR AFTER IT IS ISSUED BY KAP STUDIOS.

KEY
:
/
SEA
L

CONSULTANT

REV DATE DESCRIPTION
ORIGINAL SHEET SIZE 24" x 36"
BLDG DEPT. NO.

DATE
:

GENERAL
NOTES:

CLIENT
T

ARCHITECT
W
E
+1 (213) 268
8621
www.kapstudios.com
[email protected]
A 5150 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90036
Suite 404
T
W
E
+1 (XXX) XXX XXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

A XXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

REPLACE WITH CONSULTANT LOGO XXXXXXXXXXX
T
W
E
A
4/12/2023 4:37:07 PM

SOLAR SPRING EQUINOX SITE ANALYSIS
8561 BELMONT ST
G015
22011

03.03.2023
G015 SOLAR SPRING EQUINOX (MARCH AT 8.00AM)
1 G015 SOLAR SPRING EQUINOX (MARCH AT 4.00PM)
2 G015 SOLAR SPRING EQUINOX (MARCH AT 12.00PM)
3 N
DRAWING NAME:

PROJECT NAME:

DRAWING NO:

SUBMISSION DATE DESCRIPTION
JOB NO:

SCALE
:

STATUS
:

NOTES
:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN IMPERIAL

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL RELEVANT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS

DO NOT SCALE FROM THIS DRAWING

THESE DRAWINGS IS RECORD INFORMATION PREPARED BY OTHERS, WHOSE ACCURACY CANNOT BE VERIFIED. DO NOT SCALE FROM DRAWINGS.WHEN THIS DRAWING IS ISSUED IN .DWG FORMAT

ALTERATIONS OR ADDITIONS TO OR DISCREPANCIES ARISING OUT OF CHANGES TO SUCH BACKGROUND INFORMATION WHICH OCCUR AFTER IT IS ISSUED BY KAP STUDIOS.

KEY
:
/
SEA
L

CONSULTANT

REV DATE DESCRIPTION
ORIGINAL SHEET SIZE 24" x 36"
BLDG DEPT. NO.

DATE
:

GENERAL
NOTES:

CLIENT
T

ARCHITECT
W
E
+1 (213) 268
8621
www.kapstudios.com
[email protected]
A 5150 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90036
Suite 404
T
W
E
+1 (XXX) XXX XXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

A XXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

REPLACE WITH CONSULTANT LOGO XXXXXXXXXXX
T
W
E
A
4/12/2023 4:37:14 PM

SOLAR FALL EQUINOX SITE ANALYSIS
8561 BELMONT ST
G016
22011

03.03.2023
G016 SOLAR FALL EQUINOX (AUGUST AT 8.00AM)
1 G016 SOLAR FALL EQUINOX (AUGUST AT 4.00PM)
2 G016 SOLAR FALL EQUINOX (AUGUST AT 12.00PM)
3 N

VICINITY MAP

PROJECT SITE
8561 Belmont Street
Conditional Use Permit No. 2023-02 Sumner Place
ORIGINAL SHEET SIZE 24" x 36"
T
W
E
+1 (213) 268 8621
www.kapstudios.com
[email protected]
A 5150 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90036
Suite 404
T
W
E
+1 (XXX) XXX XXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

A XXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

REPLACE WITH CLIENT LOGO
3/8/2023 4:52:40 PM
8561 BELMONT ST

SCHEMATIC DESIGN

03.03.2023

ZONING INFORMATION
ZONING SUMMARY RM 20-FA

RESIDENTIAL MULTIPLE FAMILY ZONE/FARM ANIMAL

OVERLAY ZONE

LAND USE

ABREVIATIONS

UNIT TYPES AND AMOUNT
TEAM
PHONE
:

EMAIL:

CONTACT
:

KAP STUDIOS
5150 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD, STE 404
LOS ANGELES, CA 90036
323.879.9861
[email protected]

MICHAEL KATSIBAS

ARCHITECT
PHONE
:

EMAIL:

CONTACT
:

JOY CIVIL ENGINEERING, INC.
9681 GARDEN GROVE BL. SUITE 205
GARDEN GROVE, CA 92844
714-323-5795
[email protected]

JIN KIM
CIVIL
PHONE
:

EMAIL:

CONTACT
:

CANYON PARK STUDIO
910 DOGWOOD STREET
COSTA MESA, CA 92627
949-612-5191
[email protected]

PAUL MAKSY

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
PHONE
:

EMAIL:

CONTACT
:

LABIB FUNK & ASSOCIATES
319 MAIN ST.

EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245
213-239-9700
[email protected]

JOHN LABIB

STRUCTURAL
PHONE
:

EMAIL:

CONTACT
:

HARITON ENGINEERING, INC.
456 E. ORANGE GROVE BLVD. SUITE 301
PASADENA, CA 91104
626-449-4223
[email protected]

CELESTIN HARITON
MEP
8561 BELMONT LLC

PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT ADDRESS 8561 BELMONT ST CYPRESS, CA
EXISTING ELEMENTS EXISTING 2 UNITS

ASSESSOR'S PARCEL

LEGAL DESCRIPTION BLOCK TRACT
MAP REF. NO. OR TAG
PARCEL ID NO.

LOT NUMBER AREA
BUILDING OCC. SUMMARY

TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION

BUILDING CODE ANALYSIS

MAX HEIGHT, STORIES, & AREA
(CHAPTER 5)

FIRE PROTECTION

APPLICABLE CODES
NEW CONSTRUCTION OF 8-UNIT APARTMENT
BUILDING.

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

GENERAL NOTES
LOT AREA 10,005 SF
DENSITY RATIO PER ZONING 20 UNITS / ACRE

4.59, ROUNDED UP TO 5 USING STATE DENSITY BONUS
LAW

BASE DENSITY

7.5, ROUNDED UP TO 8
DENSITY WITH 50%

INCREASE WITH STATE

DENSITY BONUS LAW

4.59, ROUNDED UP TO 5 USING STATE DENSITY BONUS LAW.
15% OF THE UNITS HAVE TO BE VERY LOW INCOME TO

QUALIFY FOR THIS

BASE DENSITY
1 X 1 STUDIO
3 X 1 BEDROOMS
4 X 3 BEDROOMS
TOTAL = 8 UNITS
AFFORDABLE UNITS = 15% OF 8, WHICH IS 1.2 ROUND
UP TO 2 UNITS
STUDIO - 1 BEDROOM: 1 PARKING SPACE
2 - 3BEDROOM UNIT: 1.5 PARKING SPACES
1 X 1 STUDIO & 3 X 1 BEDROOMS = 4 PARKING SPACES
4 X 3 BEDROOMS = 6 PARKING SPACES
TOTAL = 10 PARKING SPACES

PARKING RATIO AS PER

STATE DENSITY BONUS,

INCLUSIVE OF GUEST

PARKING

INCENTIVES
REDUCED SIDE YARD ON FIRST FLOOR DOWN TO 4'

INCREASED LOT COVERAGE ADDITIONAL FLOOR, WITH ANY
EXTRA FLOORS SET BACK 15' FROM FRONT FACADE

REDUCTION TO REQUIRED LANDSCAPED AREA

REQUESTED INCENTIVES

PROPOSED
15% OF 8 UNITS QUALIFIES THE PROJECT FOR 3

INCENTIVES UNDER THE STATE DENSITY BONUS LAW

UNIT AREA
10,662 SF
600 SF
600 SF
450 SF
743 SF
1,177 SF
1,265 SF
1,320 SF
1,478 SF
1,360 SF
GROSS
UNIT 1
UNIT 2
UNIT 3
UNIT 4
UNIT 5
UNIT 6
UNIT 7
UNIT 8

LANDSCAPE
NFPA 13R SPRINKLER SYSTEMS AS PER SEC 503.1.1, THE DIMENSION OF THE 150'

FIRE APPARATIS ACCESS POND MAY BE INCREASED IF THE BUILDING IS

EQUIPPED THROUGHOUT WITH AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND DOES NOT HAVE MORE THAN 2 GROUP R-2 ON GROUP OCCUPANCIES.

R 2
VB
NFPA 13R SPRINKLER SYSTEM
STORIES: 4
BUILDING CODE FLOOR AREA: 13,958.17 SF
FLOOR AREA LEVEL 1: 516 SF
FLOOR AREA LEVEL 2: 2,899 SF
FLOOR AREA LEVEL 3: 2,899 SF
FLOOR AREA LEVEL 4: 2,839 SF
TOTAL RESIDENTIAL FLOOR AREA: 9,182 SF
OVERALL BUILDING HEIGHT: 39.5 FEET

VICINITY MAP
8561 BELMONT ST, CYPRESS CA 90630
262-311-09
11/A 10,005 SQFT
N-TR 489 A LOT 11
201100158311
8561 BELMONT ST
NONE TR 489
DOC. REF. NO.

PHONE
:

EMAIL:

CONTACT
:
8561 BELMONT , LLC
8561 BELMONT ST.

CYPRESS. CA 90630
562-756-1109
[email protected]

PATRICK LABIB
OWNER

AERIAL RENDER

REQUESTED INCENTIVES

1. 2.

3. REDUCTION IN REQUIRED OPEN SPACE AREA (ZONING
CODE SECTION 2.05.040)

REDUCTION IN LANDSCAPE OPEN AREA (ZONING CODE

2.05.040)

PROVISION OF PARKING IN TUCK UNDER CARPORT RATHER

THAN IN AN ENCLOSED GARAGE ( ZONING CODE SECTION

2.05.050)

REQUESTED WAIVERS

1. 2.

REDUCTION OF NORTH SIDEYARD SETBACK FROM 10' - 0" TO
4' - 0" ( ZONING CODE SECTION 2.05.040)
INCREASE IN MAXIMUM HEIGHT FROM 35' - 0" TO 39' - 6"
( ZONING CODE SECTION 2.05.40)

LOT COVERAGE

BUILDING FOOTPRINT

LOT AREA

LOT COVERAGE (BUILDING

FOOTPRINT / LOT AREA)
10,005 SF
4,263 SF
4,263 SF / 10,005 SF = 43% < 45%
DRAWING NAME:

PROJECT NAME:

DRAWING NO:

SUBMISSION DATE DESCRIPTION
JOB NO:

SCALE
:

STATUS
:

NOTES
:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN IMPERIAL

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL RELEVANT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS

DO NOT SCALE FROM THIS DRAWING

THESE DRAWINGS IS RECORD INFORMATION PREPARED BY OTHERS, WHOSE ACCURACY CANNOT BE VERIFIED. DO NOT SCALE FROM DRAWINGS.WHEN THIS DRAWING IS ISSUED IN .DWG FORMAT

ALTERATIONS OR ADDITIONS TO OR DISCREPANCIES ARISING OUT OF CHANGES TO SUCH BACKGROUND INFORMATION WHICH OCCUR AFTER IT IS ISSUED BY KAP STUDIOS.

KEY
:
/
SEA
L

CONSULTANT

REV DATE DESCRIPTION
ORIGINAL SHEET SIZE 24" x 36"
BLDG DEPT. NO.

DATE
:

GENERAL
NOTES:

CLIENT
T

ARCHITECT
W
E
+1 (213) 268
8621
www.kapstudios.com
[email protected]
A 5150 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90036
Suite 404
T
W
E
+1 (XXX) XXX XXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

A XXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

REPLACE WITH CONSULTANT LOGO XXXXXXXXXXX
T
W
E
A
1/4" = 1'-0"
3/8/2023 4:52:40 PM

PROJECT INFORMATION
8561 BELMONT ST
G001
22011

SCHEMATIC DESIGN
1 12/09/2022 CITY OF CYPRESS REVIEW
2 01/17/2023 CITY OF CYPRESS REVIEW
3 01/20/2023 CITY OF CYPRESS REVIEW
4 02/02/2023 CITY OF CYPRESS REVIEW
5 02/15/2023 CITY OF CYPRESS REVIEW
7 03/03/2023 CITY OF CYPRESS (ENTITLEMENT)

03.03.2023

LT LIGHT

LF LINEAR FOOT

LB POUND

LAV LAVATORY
L

INV INVERT

INT INTERIOR

INSUL INSULATION

INFO INFORMATION

IN INCH
I

HW HOT WATER
HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION,...

HORIZ HORIZONTAL

HO HOLDOPEN
HM HOLLOW METAL...

HB HOSE BIB
H

GWB GYPSUM WALLBOARD

GL GLASS

GC GENERAL CONTRACT(OR)

GALV GALVANIZED

GA GAUGE / GAGE
G

FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED

FT FEET

FP FIRE PROTECTION

FO FACE OF
FF&E FURNITURE, FINISHES...

FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET

FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER

FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION

FD FLOOR DRAIN

FA FIRE ALARM
F

EXT EXTERIOR

EQUIP EQUIPMENT

EQ EQUAL

ELEV ELEVATOR

ELEC ELECTRICAL

EL ELEVATION

EJ EXPANSION JOINT

EA EACH
E EAST
(E) EXISTING
E

DWG DRAWING

DW DISHWASHER

DR DOOR

DN DOWN

DIM DIMENSION

DIFF DIFFUSER

DIA DIAMETER

DEPT DEPARTMENT

DEMO DEMOLITION

DEG DEGREE
D

CW COLD WATER (PIPING)

CT CERAMIC TILE

CORR CORRIDOR

COORD COORDINATE

CONT CONTINUOUS

CONC CONCRETE

CLR CLEAR

CLG CEILING

CL CENTER LINE
CJ CONTROL JOINT /...

CIP CASTINPLACE

CH CHILLER

CG CORNER GUARD

CAB CABINET
C

BSMT BASEMENT

BOT BOTTOM

BOH BACK OF HOUSE

BLDG BUILDING

BD BOARD
B

AV AUDIO VISUAL

ARCH ARCHITECTURAL

APPROX APPROXIMATE

APPD APPROVED

ACP ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL

ANOD ANODIZED

ANCH ANCHOR

ALUM ALUMINUM

ALT ALTERNATE

AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR

ADJ ADJUSTABLE
A

PTD PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER / PAINTED

PT POINT / PRESSURETREATED

PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT

POL POLISHED

PNL PANEL

PL PLATE

P PAINT
P

ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN

OPPHD OPPOSITE HAND

OPP OPPOSITE

OPH OPPOSITE HAND

OH OVER HEAD

OC ON CENTER
O

NTS NOT TO SCALE

NOM NOMINAL

NIC NOT IN CONTRACT

NA NOT APPLICABLE

N NORTH
N

MTL METAL

MTD MOUNTED

MISC MISCELLANEOUS

MIN MINIMUM

MANUF MANUFACTURER

MECH MECHANICAL

MEP MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING

MDF MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD

MAX MAXIMUM
M
UP
UP
UP
UP
DN
DN
DN
DN
Option Conflict

ELEVATOR
MAIL
3'
Option Conflict
LOBBY
Option Conflict
STAIRS
120 SF

MECHANICAL
Option Conflict
STAIRS

SIDE SETBACK
REAR

SETBACK

SIDE SETBACK
Option Conflict

ELECTRICAL
TRASH
2%2%2%2%2%2%
2%2%2%2%2%2%2%
2%
2%
2%
2%
20' - 0"
10' MIN.

ACCESS AISLE
20'

FRONT SETBACK
REAR

SETBACK
10' MIN.
4' - 0"

DRIVEWAY
24' - 0"
3' 18' - 0" 4' - 3 1/2"

SURFACE MOUNTED TRANSFORMER

MODULAR

WETLAND SYSTEM

CONCRETE PAD
SIDE

SETBACK

SIDE SETBACK

SIDE SETBACK
10' MIN.

REAR

SETBACK
10' - 0"
4' - 0"
20' - 0"

FRONT SETBACK
3' - 0" 20' - 0"

SIDE SETBACK

SIDE SETBACK
REAR

SETBACK
10' MIN.
8' - 0"
20' - 0"

FRONT SETBACK
23' - 0"

SIDE SETBACK
10' MIN.
23' - 0"

SIDE SETBACK
REAR

SETBACK
10' MIN.

SIDE SETBACK
10' MIN.
8' - 0"
35' - 2 1/4"

FRONT SETBACK
DRAWING NAME:

PROJECT NAME:

DRAWING NO:

SUBMISSION DATE DESCRIPTION
JOB NO:

SCALE
:

STATUS
:

NOTES
:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN IMPERIAL

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL RELEVANT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS

DO NOT SCALE FROM THIS DRAWING

THESE DRAWINGS IS RECORD INFORMATION PREPARED BY OTHERS, WHOSE ACCURACY CANNOT BE VERIFIED. DO NOT SCALE FROM DRAWINGS.WHEN THIS DRAWING IS ISSUED IN .DWG FORMAT

ALTERATIONS OR ADDITIONS TO OR DISCREPANCIES ARISING OUT OF CHANGES TO SUCH BACKGROUND INFORMATION WHICH OCCUR AFTER IT IS ISSUED BY KAP STUDIOS.

KEY
:
/
SEA
L

CONSULTANT

REV DATE DESCRIPTION
ORIGINAL SHEET SIZE 24" x 36"
BLDG DEPT. NO.

DATE
:

GENERAL
NOTES:

CLIENT
T

ARCHITECT
W
E
+1 (213) 268
8621
www.kapstudios.com
[email protected]
A 5150 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90036
Suite 404
T
W
E
+1 (XXX) XXX XXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

A XXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

REPLACE WITH CONSULTANT LOGO XXXXXXXXXXX
T
W
E
A
3/32" = 1'-0"
3/8/2023 4:52:45 PM
(LEVEL) OVERALL FLOOR PLAN
8561 BELMONT ST
A101
22011

03.03.2023
A101
3/32" = 1'-0"

OVERALL PLAN - FIRST FLOOR
1 A101
3/32" = 1'-0"

OVERALL PLAN - SECOND FLOOR
2 A101
3/32" = 1'-0"

OVERALL PLAN - THIRD FLOOR
3 A101
3/32" = 1'-0"

OVERALL PLAN - FOURTH FLOOR
4 N
DRAWING NAME:

PROJECT NAME:

DRAWING NO:

SUBMISSION DATE DESCRIPTION
JOB NO:

SCALE
:

STATUS
:

NOTES
:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN IMPERIAL

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL RELEVANT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS

DO NOT SCALE FROM THIS DRAWING

THESE DRAWINGS IS RECORD INFORMATION PREPARED BY OTHERS, WHOSE ACCURACY CANNOT BE VERIFIED. DO NOT SCALE FROM DRAWINGS.WHEN THIS DRAWING IS ISSUED IN .DWG FORMAT

ALTERATIONS OR ADDITIONS TO OR DISCREPANCIES ARISING OUT OF CHANGES TO SUCH BACKGROUND INFORMATION WHICH OCCUR AFTER IT IS ISSUED BY KAP STUDIOS.

KEY
:
/
SEA
L

CONSULTANT

REV DATE DESCRIPTION
ORIGINAL SHEET SIZE 24" x 36"
BLDG DEPT. NO.

DATE
:

GENERAL
NOTES:

CLIENT
T

ARCHITECT
W
E
+1 (213) 268
8621
www.kapstudios.com
[email protected]
A 5150 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90036
Suite 404
T
W
E
+1 (XXX) XXX XXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

A XXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

REPLACE WITH CONSULTANT LOGO XXXXXXXXXXX
T
W
E
A
3/8/2023 4:53:02 PM

BUILDING ELEVATIONS COLOR
8561 BELMONT ST
A202
22011

03.03.2023

FOURTH FLOOR

THIRD FLOOR

SECOND FLOOR

C/L BELMONT ST
(E) TWO STORY HOUSE
(E) TWO STORY HOUSE
(E) ONE STORY

APARTMENT
(E) ONE
STORY

APARTMENT

C/L BELMONT ST C/L BELMONT ST
(E) TWO STORY HOUSE
(E) TWO STORY HOUSE
(E) ONE STORY

APARTMENT
(E) ONE
STORY

APARTMENT
(E) TWO STORY HOUSE
(E) TWO STORY HOUSE
(E) ONE STORY

APARTMENT
(E) ONE
STORY

APARTMENT

PROPOSED BUILDING

C/L BELMONT ST

FOURTH FLOOR

THIRD FLOOR

SECOND FLOOR
(E) TWO STORY HOUSE
(E) TWO STORY HOUSE
(E) ONE STORY

APARTMENT
(E) ONE
STORY

APARTMENT

PROPOSED BUILDING

C/L BELMONT ST C/L BELMONT ST
(E) TWO STORY HOUSE
(E) TWO STORY HOUSE
(E) ONE STORY

APARTMENT
(E) ONE
STORY

APARTMENT

PROPOSED BUILDING
(E) TWO STORY HOUSE
(E) TWO STORY HOUSE
(E) ONE STORY

APARTMENT
(E) ONE
STORY

APARTMENT

PROPOSED BUILDING
DRAWING NAME:

PROJECT NAME:

DRAWING NO:

SUBMISSION DATE DESCRIPTION
JOB NO:

SCALE
:

STATUS
:

NOTES
:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN IMPERIAL

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL RELEVANT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS

DO NOT SCALE FROM THIS DRAWING

THESE DRAWINGS IS RECORD INFORMATION PREPARED BY OTHERS, WHOSE ACCURACY CANNOT BE VERIFIED. DO NOT SCALE FROM DRAWINGS.WHEN THIS DRAWING IS ISSUED IN .DWG FORMAT

ALTERATIONS OR ADDITIONS TO OR DISCREPANCIES ARISING OUT OF CHANGES TO SUCH BACKGROUND INFORMATION WHICH OCCUR AFTER IT IS ISSUED BY KAP STUDIOS.

KEY
:
/
SEA
L

CONSULTANT

REV DATE DESCRIPTION
ORIGINAL SHEET SIZE 24" x 36"
BLDG DEPT. NO.

DATE
:

GENERAL
NOTES:

CLIENT
T

ARCHITECT
W
E
+1 (213) 268
8621
www.kapstudios.com
[email protected]
A 5150 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90036
Suite 404
T
W
E
+1 (XXX) XXX XXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

A XXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

REPLACE WITH CONSULTANT LOGO XXXXXXXXXXX
T
W
E
A
1" = 30'-0"
3/8/2023 4:53:03 PM

WINDOW ALIGNMENT
8561 BELMONT ST
G011
22011

03.03.2023
G011
1" = 30'-0"

NEIGHBOURHOOD STUDIES - WINDOW ALIGNMENT SECOND LEVEL
1 G011
1" = 30'-0"

NEIGHBOURHOOD STUDIES - WINDOW ALIGNMENT GROUND LEVEL
2 N
DRAWING NAME:

PROJECT NAME:

DRAWING NO:

SUBMISSION DATE DESCRIPTION
JOB NO:

SCALE
:

STATUS
:

NOTES
:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN IMPERIAL

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL RELEVANT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS

DO NOT SCALE FROM THIS DRAWING

THESE DRAWINGS IS RECORD INFORMATION PREPARED BY OTHERS, WHOSE ACCURACY CANNOT BE VERIFIED. DO NOT SCALE FROM DRAWINGS.WHEN THIS DRAWING IS ISSUED IN .DWG FORMAT

ALTERATIONS OR ADDITIONS TO OR DISCREPANCIES ARISING OUT OF CHANGES TO SUCH BACKGROUND INFORMATION WHICH OCCUR AFTER IT IS ISSUED BY KAP STUDIOS.

KEY
:
/
SEA
L

CONSULTANT

REV DATE DESCRIPTION
ORIGINAL SHEET SIZE 24" x 36"
BLDG DEPT. NO.

DATE
:

GENERAL
NOTES:

CLIENT
T

ARCHITECT
W
E
+1 (213) 268
8621
www.kapstudios.com
[email protected]
A 5150 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90036
Suite 404
T
W
E
+1 (XXX) XXX XXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

A XXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

REPLACE WITH CONSULTANT LOGO XXXXXXXXXXX
T
W
E
A
3/8/2023 4:53:04 PM

EXTERIOR RENDER - NEW
8561 BELMONT ST
A01
22011

03.03.2023

EXTERIOR VIEW - NORTH - FRONT YARD
DRAWING NAME:

PROJECT NAME:

DRAWING NO:

SUBMISSION DATE DESCRIPTION
JOB NO:

SCALE
:

STATUS
:

NOTES
:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN IMPERIAL

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL RELEVANT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS

DO NOT SCALE FROM THIS DRAWING

THESE DRAWINGS IS RECORD INFORMATION PREPARED BY OTHERS, WHOSE ACCURACY CANNOT BE VERIFIED. DO NOT SCALE FROM DRAWINGS.WHEN THIS DRAWING IS ISSUED IN .DWG FORMAT

ALTERATIONS OR ADDITIONS TO OR DISCREPANCIES ARISING OUT OF CHANGES TO SUCH BACKGROUND INFORMATION WHICH OCCUR AFTER IT IS ISSUED BY KAP STUDIOS.

KEY
:
/
SEA
L

CONSULTANT

REV DATE DESCRIPTION
ORIGINAL SHEET SIZE 24" x 36"
BLDG DEPT. NO.

DATE
:

GENERAL
NOTES:

CLIENT
T

ARCHITECT
W
E
+1 (213) 268
8621
www.kapstudios.com
[email protected]
A 5150 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90036
Suite 404
T
W
E
+1 (XXX) XXX XXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

A XXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

REPLACE WITH CONSULTANT LOGO XXXXXXXXXXX
T
W
E
A
3/8/2023 4:53:05 PM

EXTERIOR RENDER - NEW
8561 BELMONT ST
A02
22011

03.03.2023

EXTERIOR VIEW - NORTH - FRONTYARD
DRAWING NAME:

PROJECT NAME:

DRAWING NO:

SUBMISSION DATE DESCRIPTION
JOB NO:

SCALE
:

STATUS
:

NOTES
:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN IMPERIAL

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL RELEVANT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

THIS DRAWING IS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS

DO NOT SCALE FROM THIS DRAWING

THESE DRAWINGS IS RECORD INFORMATION PREPARED BY OTHERS, WHOSE ACCURACY CANNOT BE VERIFIED. DO NOT SCALE FROM DRAWINGS.WHEN THIS DRAWING IS ISSUED IN .DWG FORMAT

ALTERATIONS OR ADDITIONS TO OR DISCREPANCIES ARISING OUT OF CHANGES TO SUCH BACKGROUND INFORMATION WHICH OCCUR AFTER IT IS ISSUED BY KAP STUDIOS.

KEY
:
/
SEA
L

CONSULTANT

REV DATE DESCRIPTION
ORIGINAL SHEET SIZE 24" x 36"
BLDG DEPT. NO.

DATE
:

GENERAL
NOTES:

CLIENT
T

ARCHITECT
W
E
+1 (213) 268
8621
www.kapstudios.com
[email protected]
A 5150 Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90036
Suite 404
T
W
E
+1 (XXX) XXX XXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

A XXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXX

REPLACE WITH CONSULTANT LOGO XXXXXXXXXXX
T
W
E
A
3/8/2023 4:53:05 PM

EXTERIOR RENDER - NEW
8561 BELMONT ST
A03
22011

03.03.2023

EXTERIOR VIEW - SOUTH - FRONT YARD
PL-5 Rev. 2011

NOTICE OF EXEMPTION
FROM: City of Cypress
5275 Orange Avenue
Cypress, CA 90630
TO: X County Clerk-Recorder
Public Services Division
P.O. Box 238
Santa Ana, CA 92702
Project Title
Conditional Use Permit No. 2023-02
Project Location - Specific
8561 Belmont Street
Project Location - City
Cypress
Project Location - County
Orange
Description of Nature, Purpose, and Beneficiaries of Project A request to demolish two existing dwelling units and construct an eight-unit apartment building on a 10,000 square-foot property, owned and operated by Mr. Patrick Labib.

Name of Public Agency Approving Project
City of Cypress
Name of Person or Agency Carrying Out Project (Applicant’s Name and Address) Mr. Patrick Labib of 8561 Belmont, LLC, 8561 Belmont Street, Cypress, CA 90630 Exempt Status: (Check One)
Ministerial (Sec. 21080(b)(1);15268);
Declared Emergency (Sec. 21080(b)(3);15269(a));
Emergency Project (Sec. 21080(b)(4); 15269(b)(c));
X Categorical Exemption, Class 32 (Sec. 15332(a-e))
Reasons why project is exempt:

The project consists of in-fill development on a site that: (a) is consistent with the general plan and zoning designations, (b) is less than five acres in size within an urbanized area, (c) has no habitat for endangered species, (d) does not result in significant effects relating to traffic, noise, air quality, or water quality, and (e) is adequately served by all required utilities and public services.

Lead Agency Contact Person
Alicia Velasco, Planning Director
Area Code
(714)
Telephone Number
229-6720
If filed by applicant:

1. Attach certified document of exemption finding.

2. Has a notice of exemption been filed by the public agency approving the project? Yes X No ________
_________________________________ Alicia Velasco
Signature Date Planning Director
Signed by Lead Agency
CITY OF CYPRESS
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
City Council Regular 2.

FROM: Alisha Farnell, City Clerk
DATE: 04/24/2023
SUBJECT: Receive and File Public Comments Submitted for the April 24, 2023 City Council Meeting

RECOMMENDATION
Receive and file submitted public comments.

BUDGET IMPACT
None.

LEGAL REVIEW
None required.

APPROVED BY: Peter Grant, City Manager
Attachments
Submitted Public Comment
From: Brittney Cook
To: City Clerk
Cc: Anne Hertz-Mallari; Scott Minikus; Bonnie Peat; Frances Marquez; David Burke Subject: Public Comments for tonight"s meeting 4/24/23
Date: Monday, April 24, 2023 1:34:20 PM
Good afternoon council and Alisha,
I would like this email attached to the agenda as my public comments in regard to tonight's agenda, please.

While I understand the need to keep things orderly and to reduce the time taken to explain and execute the current policy for council members adding items to the agenda, I do not think the proposed policy (item 17 on the agenda) is the answer to our problems.

Specifically, limiting our elected officials in regard to the amount of times they can ask for something to be agendized per calendar year seems unnecessarily restrictive. The goal should be to continue working toward collaboration with the city manager and the city council and not to cut each other off at the knees.

If I call any one of the council members with an issue, a concern or a suggestion and they deem it important enough to bring it up for additional discussion at a meeting, I don't want that council member to have to choose between my issue and another major concern or idea.

Limiting our council to only four items per year will create a situation where council members may have to pick and choose what they bring up to be agendized at the expense of our city and community. Forcing an elected official to choose between their concerns and a resident's concerns, or worse, forcing a council member to not bring up an urgent matter due to fear of running out of their allotted number of items that year.

Again, I want to reiterate that I understand why this proposed policy was presented, and I agree that some changes likely need to be made to make the current policy run smoother, but this particular change is, in my opinion, far too restrictive. I would much rather see you find a way to address those specific issues that doesn't involve a blanket policy that limits the amount of times a council member can request something be agendized for discussion or action. We elected all of you to do just that.

Thank you for your time,
Brittney Cook
CITY OF CYPRESS
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
City Council Regular 4.

FROM: Alisha Farnell, City Clerk
DATE: 04/24/2023
SUBJECT: Approve Minutes - Meeting of March 28, 2023

RECOMMENDATION
Approve as submitted.

BUDGET IMPACT
None.

LEGAL REVIEW
None required.

APPROVED BY: Peter Grant, City Manager
Attachments
March 28, 2023 Special Meeting Minutes

SPECIAL MEETING

CYPRESS CITY COUNCIL
MARCH 28, 2023
9:00 A.M.

A special meeting of the Cypress City Council was called to order at 9:02 a.m. by Mayor Hertz-Mallari at the Community Center, 5700 Orange Avenue, Cypress, California

Council Member Bonnie Peat

STAFF PRESENT
City Manager Peter Grant
City Attorney Fred Galante
Director of Finance and Administrative Services Matt Burton Director of Public Works Doug Dancs
Director of Recreation and Community Services Jeff Draper Chief of Police Mark Lauderback
Planning Director Alicia Velasco
City Clerk Alisha Farnell
ORAL COMMUNICATIONS (Limited to three minutes per speaker, unless modified by the City Council)
Stephanie Barragan, Cypress, expressed concerns regarding police activity.

CONSENT CALENDAR
Item No. 1: Receive Public Comments Submitted for the March 28, 2023 Special City Council Meeting
The City Clerk reported that no public comments were submitted.

No action was taken.

WORKSHOP SESSION
Strategic Planning Session
The facilitator, Knight Leadership Solutions, led the City Council and staff in its strategic planning session.

Mayor Hertz-Mallari recessed the meeting for lunch at 11:57 a.m.

Mayor Hertz-Mallari reconvened the meeting at 12:33 p.m.

The City Council resumed its strategic planning session.

No action was taken.

ADJOURNMENT
Mayor Hertz-Mallari adjourned the meeting at 2:26 p.m. to an adjourned Regular Meeting, to be held on Monday, April 10, 2023, beginning at 5:30 p.m. in the Executive Board Room.
_______________________________

MAYOR OF THE CITY OF CYPRESS
ATTEST:
___________________________________

CITY CLERK OF THE CITY OF CYPRESS
CITY OF CYPRESS
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
City Council Regular 5.

FROM: Mark Lauderback, Chief of Police
DATE: 04/24/2023
SUBJECT: Accept a Donation of Police Badges from the Cypress Police Foundation

RECOMMENDATION
Accept a donation of 121 Police badges valued at $10,748 from the Cypress Police Foundation.

SUMMARY
The Cypress Police Foundation is a 501(c)(3) support organization consisting of business leaders and members of the community who share a common interest in providing resources to the Cypress Police Department. The Foundation works with the Police Department to identify needs, purchases the identified items and donates them to the City to enhance the effectiveness of police services within our community.

DISCUSSION
The Cypress Police Foundation recently approved the donation of new badges for Police department personnel. The Police department uses uniforms, patches, and badges not only as a way to build the identity of the agency, but to also quickly distinguish between officers from different law enforcement agencies. The donation of 121 police badges will update and outfit all uniformed police personnel, and provide surplus badges for promotions, repair of damaged badges, replacement of lost badges, and to be worn when existing badges are being refreshed.

The current Police badges, acquired in August 2000, are silver and gold and includes the State of California seal with the Cypress Police memorial in the background. The current color scheme does not match the department's new silver and blue patches, business cards, vehicles or the color scheme of the newly remodeled police facility. While the overall design of the badge will remain unchanged, the new badge coloration will be a solid pewter tone with dark blue lettering. The new badges will be the final addition to the department's new and modern appearance.

The Foundation will pay $10,748 for the full cost of the replacement badges.

BUDGET IMPACT
There are no ongoing operating or maintenance costs associated with the donation of the new badges.

LEGAL REVIEW
None required.

APPROVED BY: Peter Grant, City Manager
CITY OF CYPRESS
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
City Council Regular 6.

FROM: Douglas Dancs, Director of Public Works
DATE: 04/24/2023
SUBJECT: Accept the Shade Structure Replacement at Manzanita Park, Project 333

RECOMMENDATION

1. Accept the Shade Structure Replacement at Manzanita Park, Project 333, in the amount of $59,940.61 and approve the final payment of $59,940.61 to R.E. Schultz Construction, Inc.; and

2. Authorize the City Engineer to file a Notice of Completion with the County Recorder.

DISCUSSION
City Council awarded a contract to R.E. Schultz Construction, Inc., in September 2022, to install shade sails at Manzanita Park. The project replaced the existing wooden shade structure with a new 20' by 20' fabric shade shelter. Work began in February and was completed in March.

Public Works will release the Labor and Materials Bond and the Faithful Performance Bond upon expiration of the required lien period.

BUDGET IMPACT
The original estimated cost of construction was $64,650, final project costs total $59,940.61, and sufficient amounts are included in the Recreation and Park District's General Fund budget.

LEGAL REVIEW
None required.

APPROVED BY: Peter Grant, City Manager
Attachments
Cost Table

PROJECT COST TABLE
Item Description
Original
Amount
Actual
Expenditures Difference
Construction
Construction $ 55,650.00 $ 55,650.00 $ -
Construction Contingency $ 9,000.00 $ 4,290.61 $ 4,709.39 Sub-total Construction $ 64,650.00 $ 59,940.61 $ 4,709.39 Total Project $ 64,650.00 $ 59,940.61 $ 4,709.39
* Includes a change order for unforseen site conditions and dewatering activities.

Manzanita Park Shade Structure Replacement
Project 333
*
CITY OF CYPRESS
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
City Council Regular 7.

FROM: Matt Burton, Director of Finance and Administrative Services DATE: 04/24/2023
SUBJECT: Approve Purchase of a Cloud-Based Phone System and Services

RECOMMENDATION

1. Approve the purchase of a cloud-based telephone system from Ring Central Inc. for $62,405.46; and

2. Award a five-year agreement for phone system service to Ring Central Inc., for annual telephone service, system hosting, maintenance, and support.

DISCUSSION
The replacement of the phone system is included in the Five-Year Technology Master Plan and FY 2022-23 Budget. The system is an integral part of City operations and facilitates calls from the public and interoffice calls at every city facility. In addition to handling calls and voicemail boxes, the phone system provides the automated voice attendants which direct calls and provide valuable information to the public, including department information and staff directories.

The current system is approaching 25 years old and was last refreshed in December 2015, but is now considered end of life by the manufacturer. It has become outdated as it does not leverage modern computer network technologies and it is dependent on traditional telephone company service and wiring, which has contributed to multiple system failures over the last few years. The system is also complicated to administer and requires a significant amount of time for staff to maintain and perform line/extension moves, adds, and changes.

The Information Technology Division researched replacement options with the goal of enhancing reliability and resiliency by implementing a modern cloud-based system that utilizes the computer network and is not reliant on the outdated telephone network. Finding a solution that was easier to administer and minimize staff resources was also a priority. Information Technology published a request for proposals (RFP) with these goals as requirements for the new system. Responses were received from twenty-nine vendors and three respondents were identified as leaders in the market.

These three vendors were interviewed and rated by a team of representatives from each City department to assess system functionality, intuitiveness and cost. Based on these assessments, it is recommended RingCentral be selected to provide a cloud-based telephone system for the City.

In addition to the initial one-time purchase of the phone handset hardware and implementation services, an ongoing subscription-based service agreement with RingCentral is required to host the system and provide voice calling services, maintenance and support. As a cloud based phone system, City-owned or maintained appliances and servers are not required, and the service agreement covers all costs of the phone system going forward.

The cost of this service agreement is based on anticipated phone system usage and can fluctuate from month to month. The service includes unlimited domestic calling and costs are expected to be consistent from month to month, but may fluctuate because of user changes, regulatory fees, and other less common circumstances. As proposed, it is estimated the city will save $15,700 (28%) annually over the next ten years by transitioning to the recommended system compared to the current phone system:

Phone Costs
Current
System
Recommended
System
(Cloud-Based)
Annual Cost
Savings
Initial Outlay - Hardware, Phones, Installation
(annual amount based on 10 year amortization
period)
$ 8,600 $ 3,100
Annual Administration - City Personnel $ 29,300 $ 5,600 Annual Vendor Maintenance and Phone
Service $ 17,000 $ 30,500
Estimated Annual Cost (Over 10 Years) $ 54,900 $ 39,200 $15,700 BUDGET IMPACT
Sufficient amounts are budgeted in the Equipment Replacement Fund for the purchase and implementation of the recommended cloud-based phone system and related hardware. Additionally, the Information Systems Fund includes sufficient appropriations to provide for the subscription based phone service associated with the new phone system.

LEGAL REVIEW
The City Attorney has reviewed the services agreement.

APPROVED BY: Peter Grant, City Manager
Attachments
City of Cypress - Ring Central Quote
City of Cypress - Ring Central Scope of Work
City of Cypress - Ring Central Master Services Agreement

RingCentral Professional Services
Statement of Work
This RingCentral Professional Services Statement of Work is executed by RingCentral, Inc. (“RingCentral”), and City of Cypress (the “Customer”) on this ___________, ____ (the “SOW”). This SOW is incorporated into the Master Services Agreement dated ______________, between the parties (the “MSA”). In the event of a conflict between this SOW and the MSA, this SOW shall control.

Customer: City of Cypress
Quote/SOW Number: U2023-02778026
Labor Cost: $9,490.08 USD
Notification Plus Services Fee -ARR -Up to
250 users
$188.00 USD per year for up to 5 years, total of $940.00 USD
SOW Expiration: This SOW, and all applicable pricing related to it, shall expire if the SOW is not fully executed by both Parties by 06/30/2023. Stated rates are only applicable for this offer and subject to change upon expiration.

Multiphase Project – Per Milestone
Milestones will be jointly agreed during the project plan creation.

Phase Name SOW Detail Phase Total (USD)
Excluding taxes & fees
Core Migration
Remote
1 NRA
170 Users
All the Professional Services described in
this SOW.

Phase1a
Value of $6,100.00 USD
Users that deploy in a given
month will be invoiced on a
monthly basis.

Any users listed in this SOW
that are not deployed will be
invoiced at the stated
implementation rate upon
Project Completion.

Core MVP Build - Per
Site/User Group
6 (Six) replicated sites/user groups
All the Professional Services described in
this SOW.

Phase1b
Value of $1,190.08 USD
Sites/User Groups that deploy
in a given month will be
invoiced on a monthly basis.

Any sites/user groups listed in
this SOW that are not deployed
will be invoiced at the stated
implementation rate upon
Project Completion.

Training Instructor -Led Virtual Admin Training &
End user training – Up to 170 users. All
the professional services described in
section 5.

Phase 2
Value of $1,200.00 USD
Notification Plus – up to
250 users 60 months
Professional Services described in
section 3.1 of this SOW
Phase 3
Value of $940.00 USD
Endpoint Customization – 1
Custom Template
Professional Services described in
section 3.1 of this SOW
Phase 4
Value of $1,000.00 USD
$ 10,430.08 USD
If applicable, the following activities shall be performed at the location(s) and for the number of Users and Sites indicated in the attached Appendices:

1. General

1.1. Assignment of a designated Project Manager (“PM”) – For a period of up to 12 weeks, the RingCentral PM will act as Single Point of Contact for delivery services, following the Project Management Institute (PMI) standard methodology. The RingCentral Project Manager will be responsible for the following activities in connection with this Statement of Work (SOW):
i. Internal and external kickoff session hosted by RingCentral ii. Creation and management of project governance, to include a. Project plan and Schedule
b. Communication plan, resource plan, escalation plan, change plan, test plan c. Action and risk register
iii. Completing resource assignment and scheduling in alignment with project schedule iv. Set up of project documentation and timelines in collaboration with designated Customer Single Point of Contact
v. Identifying, communicating, and mitigating project risks and issues vi. Alignment of scope of services with customer expectations during kickoff vii. Developing, reviewing, authorizing, implementing, and managing change requests and interventions (Perform Change Management) to achieve project outputs
viii. Facilitating and leading regular status update meetings, organize planning sessions and Customer steering committees, as applicable
ix. Completing scoped migration and go live support; and x. Performing closure procedures at the conclusion of project activities

2. RingCentral Office Planning and Design

2.1. RingCentral Planning and Design (“P&D”) and Business Requirements Document (“BRD”) RingCentral will initiate the Planning and Design process and introduce the Business Requirements Document to the Customer at the beginning of the project and will consist of structured planning activities to support locations and users identified in the table below:

Scope Counts
Remote Project Duration in Months Up to 3 Months
Network Assessments Up to 01
Users Up to 170
Training -Instructor Led Virtual – Admin & End User Up to 170 total users. 1 session each.

Sites / User Groups with Duplicated call flows (*) Up to 06 Endpoint Customization 1 template
Notification Plus – 60 Months Up to 250 users
NOTE:
(*) For duplicate call flows across sites: Up to 1 call flow is included.

i. RingCentral has included up to Three (3) Planning and Design session(s) with this project delivery.

Customer will provide required data over the period defined in Section 1, commencing with a single data collection session, and contribute to the universal design documentation across all lines of business / business units. Additional data collections are available to the customer for further breakout via change request at an additional expense if data collection needs to take place for additional locations.
ii. Additional data collections are available to the customer for further breakout via change request at an additional expense if data collection needs to take place by country or user group iii. Details within the data collection include:
a. Customer Site Information
b. User Upload
c. Data collection for End-User and Administrator Training d. Porting data
e. Unique call flow(s)
a. Configuration of one (1) main number
b. Up to 5 custom rules per main number
c. Up to 2 menus (IVR) per main number
d. A combination of up to eight (8) call queues & ring groups per main number f. Duplicate Call flow(s)
a. Consists of a replica of a unique call flow with the exception of phone numbers, extensions, and users within call queues & ring groups
g. Roles and Permissions
h. Delivery Overview
i. BRD completion
iv. The fully reviewed BRD is signed off by Customer’s Project Manager and RingCentral’s Project Manager prior to moving to deployment.
a. Material changes to the BRD made after mutual execution are available to the customer via change request
v. Delay in completing and returning Customer documentation may result in an adjustment of project timeline and additional fees.

2.2. Network Readiness Assessment
i. RingCentral will provide the Customer with one (1) assessment of the Customer’s primary Internet Service Provider (ISP) connection to and from RingCentral. This connection will be at the Customer’s firewall (edge).
ii. RingCentral’s Network Engineer will provide the following:
a. RingCentral Network Requirements Documentation
b. Satellite installation guide
c. Assistance with satellite installation
d. Document and share results of network assessment for Customer reference iii. Site assessments not completed prior to Go-Live will result in the forfeiture of the assessment for this project.
iv. Additional network assessments or consultations are available to the Customer via an executed Change Order and will result in additional fees
a. This may include additional ISP links or sites.

3. RingCentral Office Build

3.1. RingCentral User Interface (“UI”) Single Phased Build Out i. RingCentral will remotely configure the following parameters in the system (“UI Build Out”) based on the specifications agreed to between the parties in the BRD. a. Up to 170 users
b. Up to 6 locations
c. Setup to support required Call Flows by site or user groups d. End point Customization -remote support- 1 template. e. Setup a maximum of ten (10) Call Queue or Ring Groups [Including up to ten (10) users for standard Report access, if applicable] ii. Customization is available to the customer at an additional cost via executed Change Order iii. Substitute Caller ID (Spoofing) configuration is not included. It is available at an additional cost via executed Change Order.
iv. RingCentral will provide the Customer with interface access for managing and setting live Notifications for phone calls on their account. The pricing structure for the Notification Services Agreement are as follows.

NOTIFICATIONS FEE SCHEDULE:

Number of Users Value Annually
Notifications Plus+ up to 250 users USD $188.00

4. RingCentral Delivery Services

4.1. Remote Delivery and Go Live Services
i. RingCentral will provide remote go live services to complete the following:
a. Delivery resource during remote Go Live as defined in Appendix B b. Document open issues in action log
c. Transition into support services
d. Perform closure procedures at the conclusion of project activities ii. Customer responsibilities:
a. Customer is responsible for handset placement at locations listed in Appendix B ● RingCentral to provide instructions and best practices for handset placement, test, and endpoint registration
b. Customer is responsible for decommission and disposal of any legacy equipment

5. RingCentral Training Services

5.1. RingCentral Online Product Training
i. The following training resources are available to the customer for learning the RingCentral MVP product
ii. Standard RingCentral product training includes:
a. Get Started videos and quick guides, available at https://support.ringcentral.com/getstarted.html. b. Online training for users and administrators, available at RingCentral University – university.ringcentral.com.
c. Free Webinars, live and on-demand, available at go.ringcentral.com/ringcentral-universitywebinars.html. iii. For a list of paid instructor-led training courses offered, and detailed course descriptions, review the Live Training Catalog at university.ringcentral.com
iv. For information on how to purchase additional training (Remote and On-site Instructor-led Courses), please contact your account representative or your client partner

5.2. Admin Training – RingCentral Professional Services will provide resources to complete the following:
i. Up to two (2) hours of remote admin training to be provided by a RingCentral University Training Specialist
ii. Sessions cover the following:
a. Building, activating, disabling and deleting users;
b. Managing user settings with role, templates, and User groups (if applicable); c. Managing system setup and maintenance via the Admin Portal including phone company info, caller ID, and directory assistance;
d. Managing phones and numbers including assisted provisioning; e. Call flow management;
f. Reports and call logs; and
g. Familiarization with Support/Training/Help resources iii. Session recordings are included at no additional cost iv. Online, self-service admin training at RingCentral University included at no additional cost h. Webinars & Videos, Getting Started Tutorials, and User Guides v. Custom admin training, documentation, and videos available at an additional cost via executed Change Order
vi. Additional admin sessions are available to the customer via Change Request at an additional charge vii. Helpdesk training sessions are available to the customer at an additional cost via executed Change Order
viii. Customer and RingCentral agree that Professional Services Project Completion Form shall not be withheld by Customer for delays in the delivery of the RingCentral training services

5.3. End User Training - RingCentral Professional Services will provide resources to complete the following:
i. Any combination of the following one (1) hour remote end user training sessions for a total of up to one (1) session to be provided by RingCentral University Training Specialist:
a. Standard End User
b. Train the Trainer (Standard End User)
c. Exec Assistant/Front Desk
d. Remote User
ii. Session recordings included at no additional cost
iii. Online, self-service end user training at RingCentral University included at no additional cost a. Webinars & Videos, Getting Started Tutorials, and User Guides iv. Custom end user training, documentation, and videos available at an additional cost via change request
v. Additional end user sessions are available to the customer via Change Request at an additional charge Customer and RingCentral agree that Professional Services Project Completion Form shall not be withheld by Customer for delays in the delivery of the RingCentral training services

6. Testing

6.1. Quality Assurance Testing
i. RingCentral will perform quality assurance following final configuration prior to turning over the solution to the Customer to start User Acceptance Testing (UAT)

6.2. UAT Assumptions
i. During UAT, the Customer will designate users to complete application testing in mock real-world scenarios to validate the RingCentral build matches the agreed design documentation ii. Customer will define the UAT scenarios or stories by phase and the mutually agreed criteria is recorded as an Appendix in the design documentation prior to mutual execution as the document of record
a. If UAT scenarios are not specified by the Customer, then work is deemed accepted and ready for go live upon notice from RingCentral that the work is complete and ready for testing iii. Customer resources participating in UAT must complete all pre-recorded online training sessions for agent, supervisor, and/or admin related to their job role prior to starting UAT a. RingCentral Implementation Engineer may provide up to one (1) hour of additional guided training to UAT participants, as requested by the Customer, specific to the test criteria iv. The outcome of all UAT scenarios are documented by the Customer in a written format and provided to RingCentral at completion of testing
a. Any variation in expected results (errors, flaws, failures, adjustments) are provided in writing to the RingCentral Project Manager for review and resolution b. RingCentral will provide an expected variation resolution date and submit back to the Customer for additional testing
v. Upon completion of all UAT scenarios, the Customer will submit final written completion of testing to RingCentral prior to scheduling go live
a. RingCentral will append the design document output to include completed UAT criteria in the final published output document

6.3. UAT Requirements
i. Customer and RingCentral will enact a mutual software / code freeze prior to start of QA and UAT ii. Customer shall perform UAT within seven (7) calendar days of application handoff from RingCentral for any Deliverables, unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties considering the nature or scope of the Deliverable in writing prior to start of testing iii. Any Customer changes in software or code following written UAT completion resulting in new application behaviors may result in additional charges to the Customer via Change Request for troubleshooting and issue resolution
iv. Additional days of UAT support are available to the Customer via Change Request at an additional charge
Version: 2-27-23

7. Optional Services – During the course of the project, additional services may be ordered by Customer via the Change Order process as described in Section 14, as per the rates outlines in Appendix E.

8. Customer Responsibilities – The Customer is responsible for aspects not specifically included in this Statement of Work. Out of scope items include:
i. The customers LAN/WAN infrastructure
ii. Network minimum requirements for RingCentral as a Service model a. Quality of Service (QoS) configuration
b. Firewall or Access Control List (ACL) configuration
c. Power over Ethernet (POE) port activation / configuration iii. SMS Campaign Registration (TCR) https://www.ringcentral.com/tcr iv. Configuration and software installation on customer PCs v. Decommission and disposal of any legacy equipment
vi. Customizations on individual User endpoints, or phone settings (as defined in section 3.1.v) vii. Provide work space for RingCentral on-site personnel (as scoped) viii. Overhead paging
ix. Postage Machines
x. Credit Card or Point of Sale (POS) Machines
xi. Door buzzer or Automatic Door Controller
xii. Third party SIP phones
xiii. Headsets
xiv. Analog Devices such as fax machines
xv. Third party Applications
xvi. Input Registered E911/Emergency Services Address and location information to Service Web a. This is critical information which is used by first responders in case of an emergency hence customer must ensure that the information they are adding to the Service Web is accurate b. For more information, please refer to Appendix D

9. Hours of Operation - Standard Service Hours
i. Unless otherwise specified, pricing assumes that Services will be performed between 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM local time, Monday-Friday, excluding holidays (“Standard Service Hours”) ii. Work requested and performed outside Standard Services Hours will be subject to overtime charges via executed Change Order

10. Customer’s Telephone Number Porting
i. The Customer is responsible for authorizing the telephone number porting by RingCentral ii. RingCentral shall provide guidance on porting data collection and shall assist with submission of porting request(s)
iii. Customer and RingCentral agree that RingCentral is not responsible for the portability of any individual number or group of numbers and the sign-off the Professional Services Project Version: 2-27-23
Completion Signoff Document shall not be withheld by Customer for delays in the porting of the numbers
iv. Notwithstanding the above, the RingCentral Project Manager, upon Customer request, shall assist the Customer with this responsibility by performing the following tasks for each site or migration / go live event:
a. The RingCentral Project Manager shall assist the Customer with the initial submission of port requests and shall assist in up to three (3) rejections/resubmission per location or ninety (90) days from submission, whichever occurs first ● Any additional port rejections will be the responsibility of the Customer ● Customer shall provide RingCentral all appropriate Letters of Authorization (“LOA”'s), billing information, and authorized signer for each location ● Porting submissions will include numbers mapped to correct route as “company” numbers or Direct Dial phone numbers
b. The RingCentral Project Manager shall assist the Customer with submitting porting requests up to ten (10) business days following the final migration / go live event, unless otherwise mutually agreed between the parties
● The RingCentral Project Manager will remain engaged in support of these porting requests for 30 days or three rejections, whichever comes first ● RingCentral will provide the Customer with an overview of the RingCentral portal for porting tasks
● Following the ten (10) day post go-live period, Customer is responsible for submitting all new requests within the RingCentral portal ● Any additional support required after the ten (10) day period can be obtained via a change order
c. Porting outside of project follows RingCentral Numbering Policy ● https://www.ringcentral.com/legal/policies/numbering-policy.html

11. Professional Services Completion - This SOW identifies the specific criteria required for the completion of each Project Phase (“Completion Criteria”). Upon RingCentral’s completion of the Professional Services for each Project Phase, RingCentral will review the Completion Criteria with Customer and will notify the Customer of the completion of each individual Professional Services Project Phase. Upon receipt of such notification, Professional Services under such Project Phase will be considered completed in full and billable, in accordance with the terms of this SOW and the Master Services Agreement.

12. Payment
i. Invoicing and Payment of Professional Services fees. All amounts due under this SOW for Professional Services other than T&M Services, will be invoiced upon completion of the work or each Project Phase identified in the Project Phasing Table. Payment shall be due in accordance with the applicable payment terms of the Master Services Agreement. T&M Services will be invoiced monthly in arrears.

Version: 2-27-23
ii. Service Expenses. Customer agrees to reimburse RingCentral for its reasonable fixed travel, meal, and lodging expenses incurred in connection with any Site Visit (“Service Expenses”). Travel, meal, and lodging expenses will be invoiced upon completion of each Project Phase. Upon written request, RingCentral will provide sufficient supporting information for any Service Expenses invoiced.

13. Termination
i. Termination. Either Party may terminate this SOW, in whole or in part, with thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to the other Party. Unless otherwise specified in the termination notice, the termination of one Project Phase will not result in the termination of, or otherwise affect, the rest of the SOW or any other Project Phase. No termination of any SOW, in whole or part, will result in the termination of any Services being provided under the MSA. ii. Effect of Termination. If this SOW, or a Project Phase. is terminated, in whole or in part, for any reason other than for RingCentral’s material breach of this SOW, Customer will be obligated to pay RingCentral for:
a. any Professional Services and T&M Services that have been rendered up until the effective date of the termination
b. all applicable Service Expenses incurred; and
c. (50%) of the fees for any other Professional Services not yet performed, due under the Project Phase(s) being cancelled, if termination of the SOW or a Project Phase occurs within one hundred and eighty (180) days of execution of the SOW. If termination occurs after one hundred and eighty (180) days of execution of the SOW, Customer will owe all outstanding fees for any Professional Services not yet performed pursuant to the SOW, due under the Project Phase being cancelled.

14. Delays and Changes
i. Changes to this SOW shall be made only in a mutually executed written change order between RingCentral and Customer (a “Change Order,”) per the sample attached in Appendix C, outlining the requested change and the effect of such change on the Services, including without limitation the fees and the timeline as determined by mutual agreement of both parties ii. Any delays in the performance of consulting services or delivery of deliverables caused by Customer, including without limitation delays in completing and returning Customer documentation required during the P&D or completing the BRD, may result in an adjustment of project timeline and additional fees
iii. Any changes or additions to the services described in this SOW shall be requested by a Change Order and may result in additional fees

15. Project Phasing
i. The Professional Services may be delivered in one or more phases as set forth in this SOW ii. This SOW describes the milestones, objectives, Deliverables, Sites, fees and other components that are included in the scope of each phase (“Project Phases”) iii. Customer agrees that the delivery, installation, testing, acceptance and payment for the Professional Services rendered under any one Project Phase is not dependent on the delivery, Version: 2-27-23
installation, testing, acceptance and payment for the Professional Services under any other Project Phase
iv. Each Project Phase will be billed upon notification of phase completion, and Payment for each Project Phase is due in full within the applicable payment period agreed between the parties and is non-refundable
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Statement of Work below through their duly authorized representatives.

Customer RingCentral
City of Cypress RingCentral, Inc.

By: \RCsign1\ By:

Name: \RCname1\ Name: Jose Jacob
Title: \RCtitle1\ Title: SVP, Field Sales
Date: \RCdate1\ Date: \RCdate1\
Version: 2-27-23
Appendix A
Planning and Design Location
Planning and Design Location Address(s): Up to # of Users Remote 170
Version: 2-27-23
Appendix B
Site Address Number
of Users
Deployment
Type
Number of
Site Visits
Technician
Days On-Site
Rate per
Site

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Version: 2-27-23
Appendix C
Change Order Form for Implementation Services
This Change Order is subject to the SOW by and between Customer and RingCentral with the Effective Date listed below, establishes a change to the project scope or budget.

Effective Date of SOW:

Project Name: Request
Date:

PO Number: Quote Number:

Customer Name: Requested
By:

Requestor
Phone:

Requestor email:

Customer Address:

Specific Details Explaining the Change:

Change 1
Quantity: Description: Professional Services Cost:

Change Order Total:

Impact on Project Timeline and Scheduled Delivery Date:

Impact on SOW Pricing:

BY SIGNING BELOW, the Parties have each caused this Change Order to be signed and delivered by its duly authorized representative as of the date Customer signs below (the “Effective Date”).

Customer RingCentral
By: By:

Signed: __SAMPLE ONLY Signed: __SAMPLE ONLY
Title: __________________________ Title: ____________________________ Date: Date:

Version: 2-27-23
Appendix D
Registration of Address and Notification Information – Emergency Dialing.

Bulk uploading of user data, building extensions, etc. may require input of registered addresses and emergency notification information. By engaging RingCentral for implementation of the Services, Customer agrees to the following:

I. Registered Address. It is Customer’s obligation to maintain accurate emergency location information for each Digital Line on its Account. RingCentral will, on Customer’s behalf, upload Customer’s Users’ registered addresses using a list of addresses provided by Customer.

II. Emergency Notifications. For Digital Lines located in the United States, Customer must input and maintain in Service Web a central location for the receipt of emergency notifications generated by its Users placing emergency calls (for further information about this obligation, click here). RingCentral will, as a part of the upload described in (A) above, also input Customer’s emergency notification location, as directed by Customer.

III. Customer’s Representation and Warranty. Customer represents and warrants that the registered addresses and emergency notification location are accurate and acknowledges that any subsequent change to the registered addresses must be carried out by Customer. Customer acknowledges that it may have its own independent legal obligation to ensure the accuracy of the above information and that RingCentral takes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information provided by Customer.

Version: 2-27-23
RingCentral Professional Services
Statement of Work for Professional Services
Appendix E
Optional Services
Additional
Network
Assessments
Additional
P&D
Sessions
Admin
Training
User
Training
Go Live
Support
(Onsite)
Training Support
(Onsite)
$1,000
$1,800 per
day / per
resource
$800 per
Two-Hour
session
$400 per
One-Hour
session
$1,800 per
day /
resource
$1,800 per day /
resource
Initital Order Form Page 1 of 3

INITIAL ORDER FORM
This Initial Order Form is a binding agreement between RingCentral, Inc. (“RingCentral”) and City of Cypress (“Customer” or “You”) (together the “Parties”), for the purchase of the Services, licenses, and products listed herein.

This Initial Order Form is subject to and incorporates the terms and conditions of: (i) the separate written agreement, executed by the Parties governing the purchase of the Services described in this Order Form, or (ii) the RingCentral Online Terms of Service available at https://www.ringcentral.com/legal/eulatos.html, if there is no written agreement in place (hereinafter (i) and (ii) referred to as the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meanings as set forth in the applicable Agreement between the Parties. Unless agreed by both Parties in writing, any terms or conditions set forth in a Customer-issued purchase order or ordering document shall not apply.

Please note that RingCentral Office is now RingCentral MVP. All references to “RingCentral Office”, whether in terms of service, advertising or product descriptions, mean “RingCentral MVP”.

Customer Service Provider
City of Cypress RingCentral, Inc.
5275 Orange Ave.

Cypress, CA 90630
United States
20 Davis Drive
Belmont, CA 94002
United States
Adrian Smith
714-229-6715
[email protected]
Service Commitment Period
Start Date: April 30, 2023
Initial Term: 60 Months
Renewal Term: 12 Months
Payment Schedule: Annual
Initital Order Form Page 2 of 3
RingCentral MVP Services
Recurring Services
Summary of Service Qty Rate Subtotal
DigitalLine Unlimited Standard 107 $155.88 $16,679.16
DigitalLine Unlimited Standard $101.88
Compliance and Administrative Cost Recovery
Fee $42.00
e911 Service Fee $12.00
DigitalLine Basic 67 $120.00 $8,040.00
DigitalLine Basic $66.00
Compliance and Administrative Cost Recovery
Fee $42.00
e911 Service Fee $12.00
Additional Local Number 46 $11.88 $546.48
Annual Recurring Services* $25,265.64
One-Time Items
Summary of Item(s) Qty Rate Subtotal
Polycom Trio 8800 Conference Phone 7 $439.00 $3,073.00
Polycom VVX 150 Business IP Phone 37 $50.00 $1,850.00
Polycom VVX 250 Business IP Phone 99 $89.00 $8,811.00
Polycom VVX 450 Business IP Phone 28 $135.00 $3,780.00
Polycom Trio 8300 Conference Phone 6 $274.00 $1,644.00
One-Time Total $19,158.00
Total Initial Amount $44,423.64
*Amounts are exclusive of applicable Taxes, Fees, and Shipping Charges.

Cost Center Billing
For customers with cost center billing, it is the customer’s responsibility to provide cost center allocation information to RingCentral at least 10 days prior to the issuance of the invoice. After the information is received, itwill be reflected on future invoices, but will not be adjusted retroactively on past invoices. If purchasing additional services through the administrative portal, it is the customer’s responsibility to assign cost centers at the time of purchase; otherwise, those services will not be allocated by cost center on the next invoice. Please note that cost center allocation is not available for certain items, such as minute bundles and credit memos. For additional questions, please contact the RingCentral invoice billing team at [email protected].

Customer Reference. Customer agrees to provide RingCentral upon request, with a case study, press release/activity, blog post, written recommendation, video testimonial, public speaking opportunity or other similar public marketing activity which RingCentral is free to use in its reasonable discretion for marketing purposes.

Special Terms & Notes
Elasticity
Initital Order Form Page 3 of 3
Customer shall have the right, one time in any twelve (12) month period, with thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to RingCentral, to remove up to ten percent (10%) of the total number of RingCentral MVP Standard digital lines that are part of your Account at the time that such notice is given, so long as the total number of digital lines that are part of your Account never drops below the total number of RingCentral MVP Standard digital lines included in your Initial Order Form. For clarity, you shall be permitted to exercise the digital line reduction right set forth in the immediately preceding sentence on only one occasion in any twelve (12) month period during the Initial or then-current Renewal Term, and other than this “once every twelve (12) months” line reduction right, you shall have no right or ability to reduce the number of digital lines that are part of your Account or remove digital lines from such services.

No pro-rated refunds or credits will be issued for any pre-paid, unused portion of the digital lines which were removed.

Any reduction in digital lines will be reflected in your next billing cycle.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Initial Order Form above through their duly authorized representatives.

Customer RingCentral
City of Cypress RingCentral, Inc.

By: \RCsign1\ By:
<# <Image Select="//Internal_Signature"
Optional="true" Width=”2” Height=”1”/> #>
Name: \RCname1\ Name: Joe Jacob
Title: \RCtitle1\ Title: SVP, Field Sales
Date: \RCdate1\ Date: \RCdate1\
.

Master Services Agreement Page 1 of 22

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Master Services Agreement is effective as of the date of last signature (“Effective Date”) and made between:

City of Cypress (“Customer”) RingCentral, Inc. (“RingCentral’) Address: Address:
5275 Orange Ave.

Cypress, CA 90630
20 Davis Drive
Belmont, CA 94002
By: \RCsign1\ By:
<# <Image Select="//Internal_Signature"
Optional="true" Width=”2” Height=”1”/> #>
Name: \RCname1\ Name: Joe Jacob
Title: \RCtitle1\ Title: SVP, Field Sales
Date: \RCdate1\ Date: \RCdate1\
RingCentral and Customer are together referred to as the “Parties” and each individually as a “Party.”

1. The Master Services Agreement (“Agreement”) consists of the terms and conditions contained herein, and any Service Attachments applicable to Customer’s Services, and any other Attachments agreed by the Parties, are incorporated into and form a part of this Agreement.

Exhibit A – Definitions
Attachment A – RingCentral MVP Services
Attachment B – Professional Services Agreement
Attachment C – Security Addendum
Attachment D – Public Sector Entity’s Terms & Conditions Required by Statute THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

2. Ordering and Term
A. Ordering Services. Customer may order the Services set forth in the relevant Attachments, attached hereto, by executing an Order Form in the format provided by RingCentral. Customer must submit the Order Form to RingCentral either in writing or electronically via the Administrative Portal. The Order Form will identify the Services requested by Customer together with: (i) the price for each Service; (ii) scheduled Start Date; (iii) and products rented, licensed, or sold to Customer, if any. An Order Form will become binding when it is executed by the Customer and accepted by RingCentral. RingCentral may accept an Order Form by commencing performance of the requested Services. The Services and invoicing for those Services will begin on the Start Date, as identified in the applicable Order Form or on the day Services are ordered via the Administrative Portal. Customer may purchase additional Services, software, and equipment via the Administrative Portal or by executing additional Order Forms.

B. Equipment. Customer may purchase or rent equipment from RingCentral for use with the Services. The terms and conditions that govern any such transaction can be found at:
i. Purchase: http://www.ringcentral.com/legal/ringcentral-hardware-terms-conditions.html, and ii. Rental: http://www.ringcentral.com/legal/lease-rental.html.

C. Term of this Agreement. The Term of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and continue until the last Order Form is terminated or expires, unless terminated earlier in accordance with its terms.

D. Services Term. The Services Term will begin on the Start Date of the initial Order Form and continue for the initial term set forth in the initial Order Form (“Initial Term”). Upon expiration of the Initial Term, unless otherwise set forth in the Order Form, the term recurring Services will automatically renew for successive periods as set forth in the initial Order Form (each a “Renewal Term”) unless either Party gives notice of non-renewal at least thirty (30) days before the expiration of the Initial Term or the Master Services Agreement Page 2 of 22
then-current Renewal Term. The Term of any recurring Services added to your Account after the initial Order Form is executed will start on the Start Date in the applicable Order Form, will run coterminously with the then-current Term of any preexisting Services unless otherwise extended in the applicable Order Form, and will be invoiced on the same billing cycles as the preexisting Services.

3. Invoicing and Payment
A. Prices and Charges. All prices are identified in US dollars on the Administrative Portal or in the applicable Order Form unless otherwise agreed by the Parties. Additional charges may result if Customer activates additional features, exceeds usage thresholds, or purchases additional Services or equipment. Customer will be liable for all charges resulting from use of the Services on its Account. Unless otherwise agreed between the Parties, recurring charges (such as charges for Digital Lines, product licenses, minute bundles, and equipment rental fees) for the Services begin on the Start Date identified in the Administrative Portal or in the applicable Order Form and will remain in effect for the Initial Term (as described in an Order Form) or, if applicable, the then-current Renewal Term. RingCentral will provide notice of any proposed increase in such charges no later than sixty (60) days before the end of the Initial Term or then-current Renewal Term, and any such increase will be effective on the first day of the next Renewal Term. Administrative Fees that RingCentral is entitled to pass on to its customers as a surcharge pursuant to applicable Law may be increased on thirty (30) days’ written notice. Outbound calling rates will be applied based on the rate in effect at the time of use. Customer may locate the currently effective rates in the Administrative Portal.

B. Invoicing and Payment. Invoices will be issued in accordance with the payment terms set forth in the Order Form. If Customer chooses to pay by credit or debit card, by providing a valid credit or debit card, Customer is expressly authorizing all Services and equipment charges and fees to be charged to such payment card, including recurring payments billed on a monthly or annual basis. In addition, Customer’s provided credit card shall be used for any in-month purchases of additional services and products, or where Customer has exceeded usage or threshold limits, any overage charges. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Order Form, recurring charges are invoiced in advance in the frequency set forth in the Order Form, and usage-based and onetime charges are billed monthly in arrears. Customer shall make payment in full, without deduction or set-off, within thirty (30) days of the invoice date. Any payment not made when due may be subject to a late payment fee equivalent to the lesser of (i) one and a half percent (1.5%) per month or (ii) if applicable, the highest rate allowed by Law. In no event may payment be subject to delays due to Customer internal purchase order process.

C. Taxes. All rates, fees, and charges are exclusive of applicable Taxes, for which Customer is solely responsible. Taxes may vary based on jurisdiction and the Services provided. If any withholding tax is levied on the payments, then Customer must increase the sums paid to RingCentral so that the amount received by RingCentral after the withholding tax is deducted is the full amount RingCentral would have received if no withholding or deduction had been made. If Customer is a tax-exempt entity, tax exemption will take effect upon provision to and validation by RingCentral of certificate of tax exemption.

D. Billing Disputes. If a Customer reasonably and in good faith disputes any portion of RingCentral’s invoice, it must provide written notice to RingCentral within thirty (30) days of the invoice date, identifying the reason for the dispute and the amount being disputed. Customer’s dispute as to any portion of the invoice will not excuse Customer’s obligation to timely pay the undisputed portion of the invoice. Upon resolution, Customer must pay any validly invoiced unpaid amounts within thirty (30) days. Any amounts that are found to be in error resulting in an overpayment by the Customer will be applied as a billing credit against future invoices. Customer will be reimbursed any outstanding billing credits at the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

4. Provision of the Service
A. General Terms. RingCentral will provide the Services as described in the relevant Service Attachment. RingCentral may enhance, replace, and/or change the features of the Services, but it will not materially reduce the core features, functions, or security of the Services during the Term without Customer’s consent.

B. Customer Care
i. Customer must provide Helpdesk Support to Customer’s End Users. RingCentral may require Customer’s Helpdesk Support personnel to complete a designated series of training courses on RingCentral’s Services. Such training will be provided to Customer online in English at no cost.
ii. RingCentral will make remote support available to Customer’s Helpdesk Support personnel and/or Account Administrators via the Customer Care call center, which will be available 24/7, to attempt to resolve technical issues with, and answer questions regarding the use of the Services. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, Customer Care support will be provided in English, and onsite and implementation services are not included in the Customer Care support. iii. Customer may open a case with Customer Care following the process in place at the time. Any individual contacting Customer Care on behalf of Customer must be authorized to do so on behalf of the Account and will be required to follow applicable authentication protocols.

C. Professional Services. RingCentral offers a broad portfolio of professional services that includes onsite and remote implementation services; extended enterprise services including dedicated proactive network monitoring and premium technical support; and consulting. Any such services are governed by this Agreement, the Professional Services terms, and any applicable Statement of Work (SOW), which may be attached hereto.

D. Subcontracting. RingCentral may provide any of the Services hereunder through any of its Affiliates or subcontractors, provided that RingCentral will bear the same degree of responsibility for acts and omissions for those subcontractors acting on RingCentral’s behalf in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement as it would bear if such acts and omissions were Master Services Agreement Page 3 of 22
performed by RingCentral directly.

5. Use of the Service
A. Service Requirements. The Services are dependent upon Customer’s maintenance of sufficient Internet access, networks, and power as set forth in RingCentral’s Technical Sufficiency Criteria, available at https://www.ringcentral.com/legal/policies/technical-sufficiency-criteria.html. RingCentral will not be responsible for any deficiencies in the provision of the Services if Customer’s network does not meet RingCentral’s Technical Sufficiency Criteria.

B. Use Policies. Customer and its End Users may use the Services only in compliance with this Agreement, applicable Law, and the Use Policies referenced below, which are incorporated into and form part of this Agreement. Customer must ensure that its End Users comply with the Use Policies. Any breach of this Section (Use Policies) will be deemed a material breach of this Agreement. RingCentral may update the Use Policies from time to time and will provide notice of material updates to Customer at the email address on file with the Account. All updates will become effective thirty (30) days after such notice to Customer or upon posting for non-material changes. Customer may object to a modification that negatively impacts its use of the Service by sending written notice (“Objection Notice”) to RingCentral within thirty (30) days from the date of the notice of modification. If the Parties cannot reach agreement, then either Party may terminate the affected Services without penalty with thirty (30) days written notice to the other Party.
i. Acceptable Use Policy. The Services must be used in accordance with RingCentral’s Acceptable Use Policy, available at https://www.ringcentral.com/legal/acceptable-use-policy.html. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, RingCentral may act immediately and without notice to suspend or limit the Services if RingCentral reasonably suspects fraudulent or illegal activity in the Customer’s Account, material breach of the Acceptable Use Policy, or use of the Services that could interfere with the functioning of the RingCentral Network provided such suspension or limitation may only be to the extent reasonably necessary to protect against the applicable condition, activity, or use. RingCentral will promptly remove the suspension or limitation as soon as the condition, activity or use is resolved and mitigated in full. If Customer anticipates legitimate but unusual activity on its Account, Customer should contact Customer Care in advance to avoid any Service disruption.
ii. Emergency Services. RingCentral’s policy governing the provision of emergency services accessed via the Services is available at https://www.ringcentral.com/legal/emergency-services.html. iii. Numbering Policy. The provision, use, and publication of numbers used in conjunction with the Services are governed by RingCentral’s Numbering Policies, available at https://www.ringcentral.com/legal/policies/numbering-policy.html.

6. Termination
A. Termination for Cause. Either Party may terminate this Agreement and any Services purchased hereunder in whole or part by giving written notice to the other Party: i) if the other Party breaches any material term of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice; ii) at the written recommendation of a government or regulatory agency following a change in either applicable Law or the Services; or iii) upon the commencement by or against the other Party of insolvency, receivership or bankruptcy proceedings or any other proceedings or an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

B. Effect of Termination. If Customer terminates the Services, a portion of the Services, or this Agreement in its entirety due to RingCentral’s material breach under Section 6(A) (Termination for Cause), Customer will not be liable for any fees or charges for terminated Services for any period subsequent to the effective date of such termination (except those arising from continued usage before the Services are disconnected), and RingCentral will provide Customer a pro-rata refund of any prepaid and unused fees or charges paid by Customer for terminated Services. If this Agreement or any Services are terminated for any reason other than as a result of a material breach by RingCentral or as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 6(A) or as set forth in Section 14(I) (Regulatory and Legal Changes) the Customer must, to the extent permitted by applicable Law and without limiting any other right or remedy of RingCentral, pay within thirty (30) days of such termination all amounts that have accrued prior to such termination, as well as all sums remaining unpaid for the Services for the remainder of the then-current Term plus related Taxes and fees.

7. Intellectual Property
A. Limited License
i. Subject to, and conditional upon Customer’s compliance with, the terms of this Agreement, RingCentral grants to Customer and its End User, a limited, personal, revocable, non-exclusive, non-transferable (other than as permitted under this Agreement), non-sublicensable license to use any software provided or made available by RingCentral to the Customer as part of the Services (“Software”) to the extent reasonably required to use the Services as permitted by this Agreement, only for the duration that Customer is entitled to use the Services and subject to the Customer being current on its payment obligations.
ii. Customer will not, and will not allow its End Users, to: (a) sublicense, resell, distribute or assign its right under the license granted under this Agreement to any other person or entity; (b) modify, adapt or create derivative works of the Software or any associated documentation; (c) reverse engineer, decompile, decrypt, disassemble or otherwise attempt to derive the source code for the Software; (d) use the Software for infringement analysis, benchmarking, or for any purpose other than as necessary to use the Services Customer is authorized to use; (e) create any competing Software or Services; or (f) remove any copyright or other proprietary or confidential notices on any Software or Services.

B. IP Rights
Master Services Agreement Page 4 of 22
i. RingCentral’s Rights. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the limited license granted to Customer under Section 7(A) (Limited License) does not convey any ownership or other rights or licenses, express or implied, in the Services (including the Software), any related materials, or in any Intellectual Property and no IP Rights or other rights or licenses are granted, transferred, or assigned to Customer, any End User, or any other party by implication, estoppel, or otherwise.

All rights not expressly granted herein are reserved and retained by RingCentral and its licensors. The Software and Services may comprise or incorporate services, software, technology, or products developed or provided by third parties, including open-source software or code. Customer acknowledges that misuse of RingCentral Services may violate thirdparty IP rights. ii. Customer Rights. As between RingCentral and Customer, Customer retains title to all IP Rights that are owned by the Customer or its suppliers. To the extent reasonably required or desirable for the provision of the Services, Customer grants to RingCentral a limited, personal, non-exclusive, royalty-free, license to use Customer’s IP Rights in the same. Customer must provide (and is solely responsible for providing) all required notices and obtaining all licenses, consents, authorizations, or other approvals related to the use, reproduction, transmission, or receipt of any Customer Content that includes personal or Confidential Information or incorporates any third-party IP rights.

C. Use of Marks. Neither Party may use or display the other Party’s trademarks, service mark or logos in any manner without such Party’s prior written consent.

8. Confidentiality
A. Restrictions on Use or Disclosures by Either Party. During the Term of this Agreement and for at least one (1) year thereafter, the Receiving Party shall hold the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in confidence, shall use such Confidential Information only for the purpose of fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement, and shall use at least as great a standard of care in protecting the Confidential Information as it uses to protect its own Confidential Information.

Each Party may disclose Confidential Information only to those of its employees, agents or subcontractors who have a need to it in order to perform or exercise such Party’s rights or obligations under this Agreement and who are required to protect it against unauthorized disclosure in a manner no less protective than required under this Agreement. Each Party may disclose the other Party’s Confidential Information in any legal proceeding or to a governmental entity as required by Law.

These restrictions on the use or disclosure of Confidential Information do not apply to any information which is independently developed by the Receiving Party or lawfully received free of restriction from another source having the right to so furnish such information; after it has become generally available to the public without breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party; which at the time of disclosure was already known to the Receiving Party, without restriction as evidenced by documentation in such Party’s possession; or which the Disclosing Party confirms in writing is free of such restrictions.

Upon termination of this Agreement, the Receiving Party will promptly delete, destroy or, at the Disclosing Party’s request, return to the Disclosing Party, all Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in its possession, including deleting or rendering unusable all electronic files and data that contain Confidential Information, and upon request will provide the Disclosing Party with certification of compliance with this subsection.

9. Data Protection
A. Data Privacy. RingCentral respects Customer’s privacy and will only use the information provided by Customer to RingCentral or collected in the provision of the Services in accordance with RingCentral’s Data Processing Addendum, available at https://www.ringcentral.com/legal/dpa.html, incorporated by reference. RingCentral may update the Data Processing Addendum from time to time and will provide notice of any material updates to the Customer as required by applicable Laws at the email address on file with the Account. Such updates will be effective thirty (30) days after such notice to Customer.

B. Data Security. RingCentral will take commercially reasonable precautions, including, without limitation, technical (e.g., firewalls and data encryption), organizational, administrative, and physical measures, to help safeguard Customer’s Account, Account Data, and Customer Content against unauthorized use, disclosure, or modification. Customer must protect all End Points using commercially reasonable security measures. Customer is solely responsible to keep all user identifications and passwords secure. Customer must monitor use of the Services for possible unlawful or fraudulent use. Customer must notify RingCentral immediately if Customer becomes aware or has reason to believe that the Services are being used fraudulently or without authorization by any End User or third party. Failure to notify RingCentral may result in the suspension or termination of the Services and additional charges to Customer resulting from such use. RingCentral will not be liable for any charges resulting from unauthorized use of Customer’s Account.

C. Software Changes. RingCentral may from time-to-time push software updates and patches directly to Customer’s device(s) for installation and Customer will not prevent RingCentral from doing so. Customer must implement promptly all fixes, updates, upgrades and replacements of software and third-party software that may be provided by RingCentral. RingCentral will not be liable for inoperability of the Services or any other Services failures due to failure of Customer to timely implement the required changes.

10. Limitations of Liability
Master Services Agreement Page 5 of 22
A. Excluded Damages
IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY OR ITS AFFILIATES OR ITS OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR (1) INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF USE OR LOSS OF DATA; (3) LOSS OF BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES, REVENUES OR PROFITS; OR (4) COSTS OF PROCURING REPLACEMENT PRODUCTS OR

SERVICES, IN ALL CASES WHETHER ARISING UNDER CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR

STRICT LIABILITY), OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY, AND EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INFORMED IN ADVANCE OF SUCH DAMAGES OR SUCH DAMAGES COULD HAVE BEEN REASONABLY FORESEEN.

B. Liability Caps

EXCEPT AS SET FORTH HEREIN, THE TOTAL CUMULATIVE LIABILITY OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNTS PAID OR PAYABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT DURING THE PREVIOUS SIX (6) MONTHS. LIMITATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION (LIABILITY CAPS) WILL NOT APPLY TO:
i. FEES OWED BY CUSTOMER
ii. EITHER PARTY’S LIABILITY FOR INFRINGEMENT OF THE OTHER PARTY’S IP RIGHTS iii. EITHER PARTY’S LIABILITY RESULTING FROM GROSS NEGLIGENCE, FRAUD, OR WILLFUL OR CRIMINAL

MISCONDUCT
iv. CUSTOMER’S LIABILITY RESULTING FROM USE OF THE SERVICES IN BREACH OF THE ACCEPTABLE USE

POLICY OR EMERGENCY SERVICES POLICY
v. EITHER PARTY’S LIABILITY ARISING FROM DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY CAUSED BY NEGLIGENCE, OR FOR

ANY OTHER LIABILITY WHICH MAY NOT BE RESTRICTED, LIMITED, OR EXCLUDED PURSUANT TO APPLICABLE LAW.

11. Indemnification
A. Indemnification by RingCentral
i. RingCentral shall indemnify and hold harmless the Customer and its Affiliates for Indemnifiable Amounts, and shall defend any third-party claims or causes of action (a “Third Party Claim”) to the extent such Third Party Claim arises out of or alleges that:
a. The Services, as provided by RingCentral, infringe or misappropriate the patent, copyright, trademark, or trade secret rights of a third party.
ii. RingCentral will have no obligations under subsection (i) above to the extent the Third Party Claim arises from: (a) use of the Services in combination with data, software, hardware, equipment, or technology not provided or authorized by RingCentral in writing unless any of the foregoing are necessary for the proper operation of the Services; (b) modifications to the Services not made by RingCentral; (c) Customer Content; (d) failure to promptly install any updates of any software or firmware or accept or use any modified or replacement items provided free of charge by or on behalf of RingCentral; (e) breach of the Agreement; or (f) a Third Party Claim brought by Customer’s Affiliate, successor, or assignee. iii. If such a Third-Party Claim is made or appears possible, Customer agrees to permit RingCentral, at RingCentral’s sole discretion and expense, to (a) modify or replace the Services, or component or part thereof, to make it non-infringing or (b) obtain the right for Customer to continue to use the Services. If RingCentral determines that neither alternative is commercially reasonable, RingCentral may terminate this Agreement in its entirety or with respect to the affected Service, component or part (a “Discontinued Component”), effective immediately on written notice to Customer, in which case Customer will not owe any fees or charges relating to the Discontinued Component for any period subsequent to the date of such termination, and will be entitled to receive a refund of any prepaid but unused fees relating to the Discontinued Component. In the event the removal of the Discontinued Component does not substantially affect Customer’s use of the Services, the refund or fee abatement pursuant to the foregoing shall be a reasonable portion of the total fees owed by Customer for the Services as a whole based on the significance of the Discontinued Component to the total value of the Services as a whole. RingCentral’s obligations under this Sub-Section will be RingCentral’s sole and exclusive liability and Customer’s sole and exclusive remedies with respect to any actual or alleged intellectual property violations.

B. Indemnification by Customer. To the extent permitted by the laws and the constitution of the jurisdiction of Customer, Customer shall indemnify, and hold harmless RingCentral and its Affiliates for Indemnifiable Amounts, and shall defend any Third Party Claims arising out of or in connection with: (i) material violation of applicable Law by the Customer, its Affiliates, or their respective End Users in connection with their use of the Services; (ii) use of the Services in breach of the Use Policies; (iii) failure to promptly install any updates of any software or firmware or accept or use modified or replacement items provided free of charge by or on behalf of RingCentral; or (iv) Customer Content.

C. Defense and Indemnification Procedures. Any Party seeking indemnification under this Section 11 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall provide the Party from which it seeks such indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) with the following: (a) prompt written notice of the Third-Party Claim, (b) sole control over the defense and settlement of the Third-Party Claim, and (c) reasonable information, cooperation, and assistance (at the Indemnifying Party’s sole expense except for the value of the time of the Indemnified Party’s personnel) in connection with the defense and settlement of the Third-Party Claim. The Indemnified Party’s failure to comply with the foregoing obligations will not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its defense or indemnification obligations under this Section 11 (Indemnification) except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure.

Master Services Agreement Page 6 of 22
The Indemnified Party will have the right to participate (but not control), at its own expense, in the defense of such Third-Party Claim, including any related settlement negotiations. No such claim may be settled by the Indemnifying Party without the Indemnified Party’s express written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) unless such settlement includes a full and complete release of all claims and actions against the Indemnified Party by each party bringing such ThirdParty Claim, requires no admission of fault, liability, or guilt by the Indemnified Party, and requires no act by the Indemnified Party other than the payment of a sum of money fully indemnified by the Indemnifying Party.

12. Warranties
A. RingCentral Warranty. RingCentral will provide the Services using a commercially reasonable level of skill and care, in material compliance with all applicable Laws and otherwise subject to the terms of this Agreement. To the extent permitted by Law, RingCentral shall pass through to Customer any and all warranties RingCentral receives in connection with equipment provided to Customer by or on behalf of RingCentral.

B. Customer Warranty. Customer’s and its End Users’ use of the Services must always comply with all applicable Laws and this Agreement. Further, when Customer’s subscription for Services exceeds one (1) fiscal year, Customer warrants that it shall exercise due diligence and best efforts to secure an adequate appropriation of funds on time from its legislative or similar government body to pay for the contracted Services in the follow-on fiscal year(s).

C. Disclaimer of Warranties. EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE SERVICES ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE,” AND RINGCENTRAL

MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED

WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR

PURPOSE AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE IN TRADE, TOGETHER WITH SIMILAR WARRANTIES, WHETHER ARISING UNDER ANY LAW OR OTHERWISE. TO THE EXTENT THAT

RINGCENTRAL CANNOT DISCLAIM ANY SUCH WARRANTY AS A MATTER OF APPLICABLE LAW, THE SCOPE AND DURATION OF SUCH WILL BE LIMITED TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW.

13. Dispute Resolution
A. Governing Law. Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of CA, without regard to its choice of law rules, and the parties agree to submit to the jurisdiction of, and venue in, the courts in that state. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods does not apply to this Agreement or Customer’s use of the products or Services.

B. Good Faith Attempt to Settle Disputes. In the event of a dispute, each Party shall appoint a duly authorized representative who shall use all reasonable endeavors to resolve in good faith any dispute within reasonable timescales.

C. Equitable Relief. Any breach of either Party’s IP Rights may cause that Party irreparable harm for which monetary damages will be inadequate and such Party may, in addition to other remedies available at Law or in equity, obtain injunctive relief without the necessity of posting a bond or other security, proof of damages, or similar requirement, in additional to any other relief to which such Party may be entitled under applicable Law.

14. Miscellaneous
A. Relationship of the Parties. RingCentral and Customer are independent contractors, and this Agreement will not establish any relationship of partnership, joint venture, employment, franchise or agency between RingCentral and Customer.

B. Assignment. Neither Party may assign the Agreement or any portion thereof without the other Party’s prior written consent (which such consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), however either Party may assign the Agreement and all of that Party’s rights and obligations thereunder without consent (a) to an Affiliate; (b) to the Party’s successor or surviving entity in connection with a merger, acquisition, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets used in connection with the provision of Services under this Agreement; or (c) as part of the transfer or disposition of more than fifty percent (50%) of a Party’s voting control or assets. This Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of the Parties, and their permitted assigns and successors.

C. Notices. Except where otherwise expressly stated in the Agreement, all notices or other communications must be in English and are deemed to have been fully given when made in writing and delivered in person, upon delivered email, confirmed facsimile, or five days after deposit with an reputable overnight courier service, and addressed as follows: To RingCentral at RingCentral, Inc., Legal Dept., 20 Davis Drive, Belmont, CA 94002 USA, with a copy to [email protected], and to Customer at either the physical address or email address associated with the Customer Account.

Customer acknowledges and agrees that all electronic notices have the full force and effect of paper notices. The addresses to which notices may be given by either Party may be changed (a) by RingCentral upon written notice given to Customer pursuant to this Section or (b) by Customer in the Administrative Portal.

D. Force Majeure. Excluding either Party’s payment obligations under the Agreement, neither Party will be responsible or liable for any failure to perform or delay in performing to the extent resulting from any event or circumstance that is beyond that Party’s reasonable control, including without limitation any act of God; national emergency; third-party telecommunications networks; riot; war; terrorism; governmental act or direction; change in Laws; fiber, cable, or wire cut; power outage or reduction; rebellion; revolution; insurrection; earthquake; storm; hurricane; flood, fire, or other natural disaster; strike or labor disturbance; or other cause, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing, not resulting from the actions or inactions of such Party.

E. Third-Party Beneficiaries. RingCentral and Customer agree that there will be no third-party beneficiaries to this Agreement.

Master Services Agreement Page 7 of 22
F. Headings, Interpretation. The headings, section titles, and captions used in the Agreement are for convenience of reference only and will have no legal effect. All defined terms include related grammatical forms, and, whenever the context may require, the singular form of nouns and pronouns include the plural, and vice versa. The Parties agree that this Agreement will be deemed to have been jointly and equally drafted by them, and that the provisions of this Agreement therefore should not be construed against a Party or Parties on the grounds that the Party or Parties drafted or was more responsible for drafting the provision(s).

G. Anti-Bribery. Each Party represents that in the execution of this Agreement and in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement it has complied and will comply with all applicable anti-bribery Laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act, and similar applicable Laws.

H. Export Control. Any services, products, software, and technical information (including, but not limited to, services and training) provided pursuant to the Agreement may be subject to U.S. export Laws and regulations. Customer will not use distribute, transfer, or transmit the services, products, software, or technical information (even if incorporated into other products) except in compliance with U.S. and other applicable export regulations.

I. Regulatory and Legal Changes. In the event of any change in Law, regulation or industry change that would prohibit or otherwise materially interfere with RingCentral’s ability to provide Services under this Agreement, RingCentral may terminate the affected Services or this Agreement or otherwise modify the terms thereof.

J. Entire Agreement. The Agreement, together with any exhibits, Order Forms, Use Policies, and Attachments, each of which is expressly incorporated into this Agreement with this reference, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes and replaces any and all prior or contemporaneous understandings, proposals, representations, marketing materials, statements, or agreements, whether oral, written, or otherwise, regarding such subject. RingCentral expressly rejects in their entirety any additional or conflicting terms or conditions contained in Customer purchase order, or similar Customer document, which the Parties agree are solely for the Customer’s convenience.

K. Order of Precedence. In the event of any conflict between the documents comprising this Agreement, precedence will be given to the documents in the following descending order: (i) the applicable Order Form; (ii) the applicable Attachment; (iii) the main body of this Agreement; (iv) Use Policies and Data Processing Addendum incorporated by reference in this Agreement; and (v) and any other document expressly referred to in this Agreement which governs the Services. With respect to data processing, the Data Processing Addendum shall take precedence over any inconsistent terms in any of the documents listed in the previous sentence.

L. Amendments. Except as otherwise provided, this Agreement may only be modified by a written amendment executed by authorized representatives of both Parties. In no event will handwritten changes to any terms or conditions, including in the applicable Order Form, be effective.

M. Severability and Waiver. In the event any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, such provision(s) will be stricken and the remainder of this Agreement will remain legal, valid, and binding.

The failure by either Party to exercise or enforce any right conferred by this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver of any such right or to operate so as to bar the exercise or enforcement of any such or other right on any later occasion. Except as otherwise expressly stated in this Agreement, all rights and remedies stated in the Agreement are cumulative and in addition to any other rights and remedies available under the Agreement, at Law, or in equity.

N. Publicity. Subject to Customer’s prior written approval, which may not be unreasonably withheld or denied, in each instance, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, RingCentral may identify Customer as a customer (including use of any Customer logo or trademark) and may refer to this Agreement during its earnings calls and in connection with its business deals, press releases, and marketing and/or promotional materials.

O. Execution. Each Party represents and warrants that: (a) it possesses the legal right and capacity to enter into the Agreement and to perform all of its obligations thereunder; (b) the individual signing the Agreement and (each executable part thereof) on that Party’s behalf has full power and authority to execute and deliver the same; and (c) the Agreement will be a binding obligation of that Party. Each Party agrees that an Electronic Signature, whether digital or encrypted, is intended to authenticate this Agreement and to have the same force and effect as manual signatures.

P. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed electronically and in separate counterparts each of which when taken together will constitute one in the same original.

Q. Survival. The rights and obligations of either Party that by their nature would continue beyond the expiration or termination of this Agreement or an Order Form will survive expiration or termination of this Agreement or the Order Form, including without limitation payment obligations, warranty disclaimers, indemnities, limitations of liability, definitions and miscellaneous.

R. Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). Customer Content when in-transit on the RingCentral Network and when at-rest within RingCentral Data Centers may contain communications and/or educational records pertaining to students in connection with the performance of the Services pursuant to the Agreement. RingCentral shall only use or disclose such Customer Content as is reasonably necessary to provide the Services or for RingCentral to otherwise perform its obligations under the Agreement.

Master Services Agreement Page 8 of 22

EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS
Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but otherwise not defined have the following meaning:

1. “Account” means the numbered account established with RingCentral and associated with Customer and the Services provided to Customer under this Agreement. For billing and convenience purposes, multiple services, Digital Lines, or End Users may be included in a single billing account, and/or a single Customer may have multiple billing accounts encompassing different geographic locations, business units, or other designations as requested by Customer and accepted by RingCentral.

2. “Account Administrator” means the person(s) who have been granted authority by Customer to set up, amend, or otherwise control settings and/or make additional purchases for the Account via the Administrative Portal. Account Administrators may have varying levels of Account rights, skills, or permissions.

3. “Account Data” means: any business contact information provided with the Account; RingCentral-generated logs of calling or other metadata developed or collected in the provision of the Services; configuration data; and records of Digital Lines and any Services purchased under this Agreement.

4. “Administrative Fees” means any administrative recovery fees, 911 cost recovery fees and the like separately charged by RingCentral to Customer.

5. “Administrative Portal” means the online administrative portal through which Account Administrators control settings and/or make additional purchases for the Account.

6. “Affiliate(s)” means a person or entity that is controlled by a Party hereto, controls a Party hereto, or is under common control with a Party hereto, and “control” means beneficial ownership of greater than fifty percent (50%) of an entity’s then-outstanding voting securities or ownership interests.

7. “Attachment(s)” means documents appended to the contract containing additional terms for products and Services. Attachments and the terms and conditions contained therein are part of this Agreement.

8. “Confidential Information” means any information disclosed by or on behalf of the Disclosing Party) to the Receiving Party that should reasonably be considered as confidential given the nature of the information and the circumstances surrounding its disclosure.

9. “Customer Care” means Customer support operations delivered by RingCentral and/or its subcontractors.

10. “Customer Content” means the content of calls, facsimiles, SMS messages, voicemails, voice recordings, shared files, conferences, or other communications transmitted or stored through the Services.

11. “Digital Line” means a phone number assigned to an End User or a specifically designated location (e.g., conference room) and the associated voice service for inbound and outbound calling that permits an End User generally to make and receive calls to and from the public switched telephone network as well as to and from other extensions within the same Account.

12. “Disclosing Party” means the Party disclosing Confidential Information or on whose behalf Confidential Information is disclosed by such Party’s agents, including but not limited to, its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, and attorneys.

13. “Electronic Signatures” means an electronic sound, symbol, or process, including clicking a digital button to accept, attached to or logically associated with a contract or other record and executed or adopted by a person with the intent to sign the record.

14. “End Point” means an application or device through which any End-User might access and/or use any of the Services, including without limitation IP Desk Phones, Desktop Clients, Web Clients, Mobile Applications, and Software Integrations.

15. “End User” means an individual user to whom Customer makes the Services available, and may be a natural person, and may include but is not limited to Customer’s employees, consultants, clients, external users, invitees, contractors, and agents.

16. “Helpdesk Support” shall mean the performance of the following tasks:
• Standard feature/functionality (“how to”) support for End Users (i.e. call forwarding, voice mail set-up, etc.). • Standard management of the Admin Interface within the product. • Support all moves, adds, changes, and deletes of employees.

17. “Indemnifiable Amounts” means all (X) damages and other amounts awarded against the Indemnified Party by a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to a final judgment in connection with such Third-Party Claim; (Y) any amounts payable by the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates pursuant to a binding, written agreement settling the Third Party Claim, provided such agreement is approved in advance in writing by the Indemnifying Party; and (Z) all reasonable costs and expenses paid to third parties by the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates in connection with the Indemnified Party’s or its Affiliates’ attorneys’ fees and related expenses.

18. “Indemnifying Party” and “Indemnified Party” have the meanings set forth in Section 11(C) (Defense and Indemnification Procedures).

19. “Initial Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(D) (Services Term).

Master Services Agreement Page 9 of 22

20. “Intellectual Property Rights” or “IP Rights” means all common law and statutory rights (whether registered or unregistered, or recorded or unrecorded, regardless of method) arising out of or associated with: (a) patents and patent applications, inventions, industrial designs, discoveries, business methods, and processes; (b) copyrights and copyright registrations, and “moral” rights; (c) the protection of trade and industrial secrets and Confidential Information; (d) other proprietary rights relating to intangible property; (e) trademarks, trade names and service marks; (f) a person’s name, likeness, voice, photograph or signature, including without limitation rights of personality, privacy, and publicity; (g) analogous rights to those set forth above; and (h) divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, renewals, reissuances and extensions of the foregoing (as applicable).

21. “Law” means any law, statute, regulation, rule, ordinance, administrative guidance, treaty or convention, or court or administrative order or ruling of any governing Federal, State, local or non-U.S. governmental body with jurisdiction over the Services.

22. “Order Form(s)” means a request for Service describing the type and quantity of Services required by Customer and submitted and accepted by the Parties in accordance with Section 2(A) (Ordering Services). The Order Form may be presented and executed via the Administrative Portal.

23. “Receiving Party” means the Party or its agents, including, but not limited to its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, and attorneys receiving Confidential Information.

24. “Renewal Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(D) (Services Term).

25. “RingCentral Network” means the network and supporting facilities between and among the RingCentral points of presence (“PoP(s)”), up to and including the interconnection point between the RingCentral’s network and facilities, and the public Internet, and the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). The RingCentral Network does not include the public Internet, a Customer’s own private network, or the PSTN.

26. “Service(s)” means all services provided under this Agreement and set forth in one or more Order Form(s).

27. “Start Date” means the date so identified in the relevant Order Form or the date on which Customer orders Services via the Administrative Portal.

28. “Taxes” means any and all federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, and other taxes and fees charged or collected from Customers, including but not limited to any Universal Service Fund, TRS and 911 taxes and fees.

29. “Term” means the Initial Term plus any Renewal Terms.

30. “Third Party Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(A) (Indemnification by RingCentral).

31. “Use Policy” refers to any of the policies identified in Section 5(B) (Use Policies).

Master Services Agreement Page 10 of 22

ATTACHMENT A

SERVICE ATTACHMENT - RINGCENTRAL MVP SERVICES
This Service Attachment is a part of the Master Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) that includes the terms and conditions agreed by the Parties under which RingCentral will provide to the Customer the RingCentral MVP Services as described under the applicable Order Form (the “Services”).

1. Service Overview
The Services are a cloud-based unified communications service that includes enterprise-class voice, fax, call handling, mobile apps, and bring-your-own-device (BYOD) capability that integrates with a growing list of applications.

The Services include:
 Voice Services, including extension-to-extension calling and the ability to make and receive calls to and from the public switched telephone network (PSTN)
 Video and audio-conferencing service, including screen sharing  Collaboration Tools, including One-to-One and Team Chat, File Sharing, task management, SMS/Texting (where available), and other innovative tools
The Services may be accessed from a variety of user End Points, including IP Desk Phones, Desktop Clients, Web Clients, Mobile Applications, and Software Integrations.

2. RingCentral MVP Purchase Plans
A. Tiers of Service. The Services are made available in several pricing tiers, which are described more fully at https://www.ringcentral.com/office/plansandpricing.html. While RingCentral offers unlimited monthly plans for some of its products and services, RingCentral Services are intended for regular business use. “Unlimited” use does not permit any use otherwise prohibited by the Acceptable Use Policy, available at https://www.ringcentral.com/legal/acceptable-use-policy.html, including trunking, access stimulation, reselling of the Services, etc.

B. Minute and Calling Credit Bundles. Each plan includes a number of Toll-Free minutes, per month, which are pooled to create a single allotment of Toll-Free minutes available for the entire account. Core/Advanced/Ultra tier plans include a monthly allotment of 100/1000/10000 toll free minutes per account, respectively. Overage charges of 3.9¢ per minute apply to calls made in excess of allotment.

International Calling Credit Bundles can be purchased in addition to any base amount included with the purchased tier.

International External Calls are charged against Calling Credits on the Account per destination rates, or as overage once Calling Credits are exceeded. Currently effective rates are available at https://www.ringcentral.com/support/international-rates.html.

Extension-to-Extension Calls within the Customer account never incur any usage fee and are unlimited, except to the extent that such calls are forwarded to another number that is not on the Customer account.

Additional Calling Credits may be purchased through the Auto-Purchase feature, which can be selected for automatic purchase in various increments on the Administrative Portal. Auto-Purchase is triggered when the combined usage of all End Users on an Account exceeds the total Calling Credits or when End Users make calls with additional fees (e.g., 411).

Minute Bundles and Calling Credit Bundles expire at the end of month and cannot roll over to the following month. AutoPurchased Calling Credits expire twelve (12) months from date of purchase. Bundles may not be sold, transferred, assigned, or applied to any other customer.

C. Enhanced Business SMS Allotment and Pricing. Each plan includes a number of SMS per each user, per month, which are pooled to create a single allotment of SMS available to the entire account. Core/Advanced/Ultra tier plans include a monthly allotment of 25/100/200 SMS, per user respectively. Each SMS sent or received will be deducted from the pool of available SMS on the account. Overage charges of $.0085 per SMS ($.85 per 100) apply to SMS sent or receive in excess of allotment.

Additional SMS bundles are available for purchase at discounted prices. Customer must successfully register phone numbers with SMS registar prior to using SMS.

3. Operator Assisted Calling, 311, 511 and other N11 Calling RingCentral does not support 0+ or operator assisted calling (including, without limitation, collect calls, third party billing calls, 900, or other premium line numbers or calling card calls). The Services may not support 211, 311, 411, 511 and/or N11 calling. To the extent they are supported, additional charges may apply for these calls.

4. Directory Listing Service
RingCentral offers directory listing (the “Directory Listing Service”). If Customer subscribes to the Directory Listing Service, RingCentral will share certain Customer Contact Data with third parties as reasonably necessary to include in the phone directory (“Listing Information”). This information may include, but is not limited to, Customer’s company name, address, and phone numbers. Customer authorizes RingCentral to use and disclose the Listing Information for the purpose of publishing in, and making publicly available through, third-party directory listing services, to be selected by RingCentral or third-party service providers in their Master Services Agreement Page 11 of 22
sole discretion. Customer acknowledges and agrees that by subscribing to the Directory Listing Service, Customer’s Listing Information may enter the public domain and that RingCentral cannot control third parties’ use of such information obtained through the Directory Listing Service.

A. Opt Out. Customer may opt out of the Directory Listing Service at any time; however, RingCentral is not obligated to have Customer’s Listing Information removed from third-party directory assistance listing services that have already received Customer’s information.

B. No Liability. RingCentral will have no responsibility or liability for any cost, damages, liabilities, or inconvenience caused by calls made to Customer’s telephone number; materials sent to Customer, inaccuracies, errors or omissions with Listing Information; or any other use of such information. RingCentral will not be liable to Customer for any use by third parties of Customer’s Listing Information obtained through the Directory Listing Service, including without limitation the use of such information after Customer has opted out of the Directory Listing Service.

5. RingCentral Global MVP or RingCentral Global Office. RingCentral Global MVP (which is also known as RingCentral Global Office and references in the Service Description to Global MVP shall also refer to Global Office) provides a single communications system to companies that have offices around the world, offering localized service in countries for which Global MVP is available.

Additional information related to Global MVP Services is available at http://www.ringcentral.com/legal/policies/global-officecountries.html. This section sets forth additional terms and conditions concerning RingCentral’s Global MVP for customers that subscribe to it.

A. Emergency Service Limitations for Global MVP. RingCentral provides access to Emergency Calling Services in many, but not all, countries in which RingCentral Global MVP is available, allowing End Users in most countries to access Emergency Services. Emergency Services may only be accessed within the country in which the Digital Line is assigned, e.g., an End User with a Digital Line assigned in Ireland may dial Emergency Services only within Ireland. Access to Emergency Calling Services in RingCentral Global MVP countries, where available, is subject to the Emergency Services Policy, available at https://www.ringcentral.com/legal/emergency-services.html. Customer must make available and will maintain at all times traditional landline and/or mobile network telephone services that will enable End Users to call the applicable Emergency Services number. Customer may not use the RingCentral Services in environments requiring fail-safe performance or in which the failure of the RingCentral Services could lead directly to death, personal injury, or severe physical or environmental damage.

B. Global MVP Provided Only in Connection with Home Country Service. RingCentral provides Global MVP Service only in connection with Services purchased in the Home Country. RingCentral may immediately suspend or terminate Customer’s Global MVP Services if Customer terminates its Digital Lines in the Home Country. All invoicing for the Global MVP Services will be done in the Home Country on the Customer’s Account, together with other Services purchased under this Agreement, using the Home Country’s currency. Customer must at all times provide a billing address located in the Home Country.

RingCentral will provide all documentation, licenses, and services in connection with the Global MVP Service in English; additional language support may be provided at RingCentral’s sole discretion.

C. Primary Place of Use of Global MVP Service. Customer represents and warrants that the primary place of use of the Global MVP Services will be the country in which the Digital Line is assigned, e.g., an End User with a Digital Line assigned in Ireland will primarily use that Digital Line in Ireland.

D. Relationships with Local Providers. In connection with the provision of RingCentral Global MVP Services, RingCentral relies on local providers to supply certain regulated communication services; for example (i) for the provision of local telephone numbers within local jurisdictions; (ii) to enable you to place local calls within local jurisdictions; and (iii) to enable you to receive calls from non-RingCentral numbers on Customer’s Global MVP telephone number(s), by connecting with the local public switched telephone network. Customer hereby appoints RingCentral as Customer’s agent with power of attorney (and such appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable during the Term) to conclude and enter into agreements with such local providers on Customer’s behalf to secure such services. RingCentral’s locally licensed affiliates provide all telecommunications services offered to Customer within the countries in which such affiliates are licensed; in some cases, RingCentral may obtain services from locally licensed providers on Customer’s behalf. RingCentral is responsible for all contracting, billing, and customer care related to those services. Customer is responsible for providing RingCentral with all information necessary for RingCentral to obtain numbers in Global MVP countries.

6. Additional Services. RingCentral offers add-on services for the Services (where available), which are described at https://www.ringcentral.com/legal/microsoft-teams-services-attachment.html. Additional terms or charges may apply, depending on the selected features.

7. Bring Your Own Carrier (BYOC) Services. RingCentral offers a software-as-a-service in which customers provide and maintain their own local telecommunications services, which may be connected to RingCentral's cloud PBX, videoconferencing, and team messaging services. BYOC and additional terms are described and available at https://www.ringcentral.com/legal/BYOC-servicedescription.html.

8. Definitions. Terms used herein but not otherwise defined have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. For purposes of this Service Attachment, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

A. “Digital Line” means a phone number assigned to an End User or a specifically designated location (e.g., conference room) and the associated voice service for inbound and outbound calling that permits the End User generally to make and receive calls to and from the public switched telephone network as well as to and from other extensions within the same Account.

Master Services Agreement Page 12 of 22
B. “End Point” means an application or device through which any End-User might access and/or use any of the Services, including without limitation IP Desk Phones, Desktop Clients, Web Clients, Mobile Applications, and Software Integrations.

C. “Extension-to-Extension Calls” means calls made and received between End Points on the Customer Account with RingCentral, regardless of whether the calls are domestic or international.

D. “External Calls” means calls made to or received from external numbers on the PSTN that are not on the Customer Account with RingCentral.

E. “Home Country” means the United States or the country that is otherwise designated as Customer’s primary or home country in the Order Form.

Master Services Agreement Page 13 of 22

ATTACHMENT B

SERVICE ATTACHMENT - RINGCENTRAL PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT This Service Attachment is a part of the Master Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) that includes the terms and conditions agreed by the Parties under which RingCentral will provide the RingCentral Professional Services to Customer.

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Agreement and the provisions of this Professional Services Agreement (the “PS Agreement”), such provisions of this PS Agreement will prevail.

1. Service Overview. RingCentral shall provide the implementation, installation, consulting, configuration services and other professional services (“Professional Services”) as described and agreed upon in writing between the Parties pursuant to a statement of work (“Statement of Work” or “SOW”).

2. Project Phases. The Professional Services may be delivered in one or more phases. The SOW will specify the milestones, objectives, Sites, fees, and other components that are included in the scope of each phase (“Project Phase”). The Professional Services may also be provided on a time and material basis (“T&M Services”) paid by the hour based on the then current T&M Services hourly rate offered by RingCentral, as specified in the relevant SOW. Customer agrees that the delivery, installation, testing, acceptance and payment for the Professional Services rendered under any one Project Phase is not dependent on the delivery, installation, testing, acceptance and payment for the Professional Services under any other Project Phase. Each Project Phase will be billed upon Acceptance, and payment for each Project Phase is due in full within the applicable payment period agreed between the Parties and is non-refundable.

3. Customer Sites and Site Visits. In the event the Parties agree that the Professional Services must be performed at one or more Customer facility(ies) (“Site(s)”), the Site(s) will be separately identified in the applicable SOW. Each visit to a separate Customer Site will be considered a separate “Site Visit”. When so stipulated in the SOW, each Site may constitute a Project Phase. Customer has the following obligations with respect to all Site Visits:

A. Customer will maintain and ensure safe working conditions at each Site and shall promptly inform the RingCentral project manager of any known hazardous conditions at any Site prior to any visit by RingCentral Personnel.

B. Customer shall ensure that all Site hardware and network environment meets or exceed the requirements set forth in the Statement of Work and in “RingCentral VoIP Network Requirements and Recommendations” which can found at:
https://support.ringcentral.com/s/article/9233?language=en_US.

C. Customer shall provide RingCentral with all reasonable information, cooperation, and assistance that RingCentral requests in connection with performing the Services, including without limitation providing RingCentral with access to Customer’s systems and networks and related system and network administrators. Any failure on the part of Customer to provide the cooperation requested by RingCentral, or to provide the information or hardware and software environment required, may result in the need for a Change Order to contemplate additional fees and extended timelines to accommodate Customer’s failure to do so.

D. Customer shall ensure that at least ten (10) business days prior to a Site Visit or as otherwise agreed in the applicable SOW, the Customer Project Manager shall provide to the RingCentral Project Manager the following information for the Site to be visited:
i. The first and last name, extension number, and email address for delivery of message notification emails of each End User for which the Services are to be implemented at the Site and any other information that RingCentral requests to configure the digital lines that are part of such Services to be implemented (this information needs to be in the form of a Microsoft Excel file suitable for use with the Service’s bulk configuration utility). ii. Written or illustrated diagrams of Customer’s current and proposed dial plans and data and call flows. iii. Information related to configurations, equipment, and deployment requirements for the Site, as requested by RingCentral.

4. Late Site Visit Change. The Parties acknowledge and agree that Customer’s cancellation or change of the dates of a Site Visit at any time during the ten (10) business days immediately prior to the date that the Site Visit is scheduled to take place (a “Late Site Visit Change”) will cause RingCentral to incur expenses and losses (including without limitation RingCentral’s costs in rescheduling the Site Visit and/or loss of opportunity for other business during the period during which such Site Visit was to take place).

Accordingly, Customer agrees that for each Late Site Visit Change, Customer shall incur (at the time of cancellation or change) and be liable for, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to eight (8) hours of RingCentral T&M Services at RingCentral’s then-current T&M Services hourly rate , as well as any Service Expenses that have already been expended by RingCentral. The Parties acknowledge and agree that this amount is a fair, reasonable, and appropriate pre-estimate of the losses that RingCentral will incur as a result of any single Late Site Visit Change.

5. Professional Services Acceptance. Each SOW will identify the specific criteria required for the completion of each Project Phase (“Completion Criteria”). Unless otherwise agreed between the Parties in the SOW, upon RingCentral’s completion of the Professional Services for each Project Phase, RingCentral will review the Completion Criteria with Customer and will present to the Customer the Professional Services Project Completion Signoff Form (“PCF”) for that Project Phase. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this PS Agreement or any SOW, RingCentral’s obligations under any Project Phase are deemed accepted and the Professional Services under such Project Phase shall be considered completed in full and billable upon any of the following (“Acceptance”):

Master Services Agreement Page 14 of 22
A. Customer executes the PCF.

B. If RingCentral presents Customer with the PCF and the Customer fails to execute the PCF within three (3) days, unless the Customer provides to RingCentral, within those three (3) days, with a detailed description of the items that are outstanding or that are materially non- conforming with the Completion Criteria applicable to the specific Project Phase. If RingCentral timely receives a rejection notice, then RingCentral will complete or re-perform any portion of the non-conforming Professional Services and re-submit the PCF for the Project Phase to the Customer for Acceptance as described above. If RingCentral timely receives from the Customer a second rejection notice, and RingCentral, in its reasonable discretion determines that the Professional Services for the Project Phase were properly completed in accordance with the Completion Criteria, Acceptance of the Project Phase will be deemed to have been occurred.

C. Production Use. Unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Parties, production use will constitute Acceptance for all purposes of this PS Agreement.

D. T&M Services. Acceptance for T&M Services, if applicable and used in a SOW, is deemed to have occurred upon performance.

6. Payment
A. The SOW will set forth the fees that the Customer will pay to RingCentral for each Project Phase, and the rates for T&M Services.

Customer will compensate RingCentral fees and expenses for the Services as set forth in the applicable SOW. Customer acknowledges and agrees that all fees and charges shall be due and payable without any deduction, withholding, or offset of any kind, including without limitation for any levy or tax.

B. Invoicing and Payment of Professional Services Fees. Except to the extent otherwise provided in a SOW or this Section, all amounts due under this PS Agreement for Professional Services other than T&M Services, shall be invoiced upon Acceptance of each Project Phase. T&M Services will be invoiced Monthly in arrears. The payment term for each invoice is set forth in the Agreement.

C. Service Expenses. In addition to the fees and expenses set forth in the applicable SOW, Customer agrees to reimburse RingCentral for its fixed travel, meal, and lodging expenses incurred in connection with any Site Visit (“Service Expenses”).

Travel, meal, and lodging expenses shall be invoiced upon Acceptance of each Project phase, alongside all other amounts due under this PS Agreement, on a per-trip/per resource basis. RingCentral shall, after Customer request, provide information verifying the deployment of on-site resources and expenditure of Service Expenses.

D. Additional Fees. Customer agrees to incur and be liable for any additional fees or other amounts not provided for in this PS Agreement or the applicable SOW. These Additional fees may include, but are not limited to the following:
i. For any additional Site Visit(s) not included in the SOW, the Customer agrees to pay on a T&M Services basis, with a minimum fee equal to eight (8) hours of RingCentral per day at the then-current T&M Services hourly rate.

7. Changes to SOWs
Changes to any applicable SOW shall be made only in a mutually executed written change order between RingCentral and Customer (a “Change Order”), outlining the requested change and the effect of such change on the Services, including without limitation the fees and the timeline as determined by RingCentral in its reasonable discretion. RingCentral shall have no obligation to commence work in connection with any Change Order until the Change Order is agreed upon by both Parties in writing. RingCentral has no obligation to provide any Professional Services outside the scope of an SOW.

8. Enterprise Support
As part of the Professional Services provided, Customer may purchase Enterprise Support services from RingCentral for use with the Services. The terms and conditions that govern the Enterprise Support can be found at:
https://www.ringcentral.com/legal/enterprise-service-attachment.html.

9. Term and Termination
A. Term. This PS Agreement shall remain in effect for as long as the Agreement is in effect, unless terminated in accordance with this Section.

B. Termination. Either Party may terminate this PS Agreement, in whole or in part, with thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to the other Party. Unless otherwise specified in the termination notice, the termination of one SOW or Project Phase shall not necessarily result in the termination of, or otherwise affect, any other SOW or Project Phase.

C. Effect of Termination. In the event that this PS Agreement, a SOW, or a Project Phase is terminated, in whole or in part, for any reason other than for RingCentral’s material breach of this PS Agreement, Customer shall be obligated to pay RingCentral for:
i. Any Professional Services and T&M Services that have been rendered up until the effective date of the termination. ii. All applicable Service Expenses incurred.
iii. 50% of the fees for any other Professional Services not yet performed, due under the Project Phase(s) being cancelled, if termination of the PS Agreement, SOW, or a Project Phase occurs within one hundred and eighty (180) days of execution of the applicable SOW. If termination occurs after one hundred and eighty (180) days of execution of the applicable SOW, Customer shall owe all outstanding fees for any Professional Services not yet performed pursuant to the SOW, due under the Project Phase being cancelled.

Master Services Agreement Page 15 of 22
D. Post-Termination Notice Wrap-Up. Upon receiving or providing notice of termination of this PS Agreement, RingCentral shall be relieved of and excused from any obligation to continue to perform Services or to perform under any then-current SOWs or Project Phase.

Master Services Agreement Page 16 of 22

ATTACHMENT C

RINGCENTRAL SECURITY ADDENDUM

1. Scope
This document describes the Information Security Measures (“Measures”) that RingCentral has in place when processing Protected Data through RingCentral Services.

2. Definitions
For purposes of this Security Addendum only, capitalized terms, not otherwise defined herein, have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

A. “Ring Central Services”, or “Services”, means services offered by RingCentral and acquired by the Customer.

B. “Customer” means the entity that entered into the Agreement with RingCentral.

C. “Protected Data” means Customer and partner data processed by RingCentral Services, as defined in the applicable RingCentral DPA or Agreement, including “personal data” and “personal information” as defined by applicable privacy laws, confidential data as defined in the Agreement, account data, configuration data, communication content including messages, voicemail, and video recording.

D. “Agreement” means the agreement in place between RingCentral and the Customer for the provision of the Services.

E. “Personnel” means RingCentral employees, contractors or subcontracted Professional Services staff.

3. Information Security Management
A. Security Program
RingCentral maintains a written information security program that:
i. Includes documented policies or standards appropriate to govern the handling of Protected Data in compliance with the Agreement and with applicable law.
ii. Is managed by a senior employee responsible for overseeing and implementing the program. iii. Includes administrative, technical, and physical safeguards reasonably designed to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of Protected Data.
iv. Is appropriate to the nature, size, and complexity of RingCentral’s business operations.

B. Security Policy Management
RingCentral’s security policies, standards, and procedures:
i. Align with information security established industry standards. ii. Are subject to ongoing review.
iii. May be revised to reflect changes in industry best practices.

C. Risk Management
RingCentral:
i. Performs cybersecurity risk assessments to identify threats to their business or operations at least annually. ii. Updates RingCentral policies, procedures and standards as needed to address threats to RingCentral’s business or operations.

4. Independent security assessments
A. External Audit
RingCentral:
i. Uses qualified independent third-party auditors to perform security audits covering systems, environments, and networks where Protected Data is processed, including
a. SOC2 Type II
b. IES/ISO 27001.
ii. maintains additional audits and compliance certifications as appropriate for RingCentral’s business and as identified at www.ringcentral.com/trust-center.html.

B. Distribution of Reports
Copies of relevant audit reports and certifications:
i. Will be provided to Customer on request.

Master Services Agreement Page 17 of 22
ii. Are subject to Non-Disclosure Agreement.

C. Annual Risk Assessment Questionnaire
Customer may, on one (1) occasion within any twelve (12) month period, request that RingCentral complete a third-party risk assessment questionnaire within a reasonable time frame.

In case of conflict between this section and the equivalent section in the RingCentral DPA, the DPA takes precedence.

5. Human Resource Security
A. Background Checks
RingCentral requires pre-employment screenings of all employees. RingCentral ensures criminal background searches on its employees to the extent permitted by law. Each background check in the US includes:
i. An identity verification (SSN trace).
ii. Criminal history checks for up to seven (7) years for felony and misdemeanors at the local, state, and federal level, where appropriate.
iii. Terrorist (OFAC) list search, as authorized by law.

Internationally, criminal history checks are conducted as authorized by local law.

Background checks are conducted by a member of the National Association of Professional Background Screeners or a competent industry-recognized company in the local jurisdiction.

B. Training
RingCentral will ensure that all employees including contractors:
i. Complete annual training to demonstrate familiarity with RingCentral’s security policies. ii. Complete annual training for security and privacy requirements, including CyberSecurity awareness, GDPR, and CCPA. iii. Have the reasonable skill and experience suitable for employment and placement in a position of trust within RingCentral.

C. Workstation Security
RingCentral ensures that:
i. RingCentral employees either use RingCentral owned and managed devices in the performance of their duties or Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) device.
ii. All devices, whether RingCentral owned and managed or Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) device, are enrolled in the full RingCentral managed device program.

D. Data Loss Prevention
RingCentral employs a comprehensive system to prevent the inadvertent or intentional compromise of RingCentral data and Protected Data.

E. Due Diligence Over Sub-Contractors
RingCentral will:
i. maintain a security process to conduct appropriate due diligence prior to engaging sub-contractors. ii. assess the security capabilities of any such sub-contractors on a periodic basis to ensure subcontractors’ ability to comply with the Measures described in this document.
iii. apply written information security requirements that oblige sub-contractors to adhere to RingCentral’s key information security policies and standards consistent with and no less protective than these Measures.

F. Non-Disclosure
RingCentral ensures that employees and contractors/sub-contractors who process Protected Data are bound in writing by obligations of confidentiality.

6. Physical Security
A. General
RingCentral:
i. Restricts access to, controls, and monitors all physical areas where RingCentral Services process Protected Data (“Secure Areas”).
ii. Maintains appropriate physical security controls on a 24-hours-per-day, 7-days-per-week basis (“24/7”). iii. Revokes any physical access to Secure Areas promptly after the cessation of the need to access buildings and system(s).

Master Services Agreement Page 18 of 22
iv. Performs review of access rights on at least an annual basis.

B. Access and Authorization Processes
RingCentral maintains a documented access authorization and logging process. The authorization and logging process will include at minimum:
i. Reports detailing all access to Secure Areas, including the identities and dates and times of access. ii. Reports to be maintained for at least one year as allowed by law. iii. Video surveillance equipment to monitor and record activity at all Secure Areas entry and exit points on a 24/7 basis to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations.
iv. Video recording to be maintained for at least 30 days or per physical location provider’s policies.

C. Data Centers
To the extent that RingCentral is operating or using a data center, RingCentral ensures that physical security controls are in alignment with industry standards such as ISO 27001 and SSAE 16 or ISAE 3402 or similar standard including:
i. Perimeter security including fencing/barriers and video surveillance. ii. Secure access including security guard/reception.
iii. Interior access controlled through RFID cards, 2FA, anti-tailgating controls. iv. Redundant utility feeds and support for continuous delivery through backup systems. v. Redundant network connection from multiple providers.

7. Logical Security
A. User Identification and Authentication
RingCentral:
i. Maintains a documented user management lifecycle management process that includes manual and/or automated processes for approved account creation, account removal and account modification for all Information Resources and across all environments.
ii. Ensures that RingCentral users have an individual accounts for unique traceability. iii. Ensures that RingCentral users do not use shared accounts; where shared accounts are technically required controls are in place to ensure traceability.
iv. RingCentral user passwords are configured aligned with current NIST guidance.

For the customer facing applications, Customers may choose to integrate with SSO (Single Sign on) so that Customer retains control over their required password settings including Customer’s existing MFA/2FA solutions.

B. User Authorization and Access Control
RingCentral:
i. Configures remote access to all networks storing or transmitting Protected Data to require multi-factor authentication for such access.
ii. Revokes access to systems and applications that contain or process Protected Data promptly after the cessation of the need to access the system(s) or application(s).
iii. Has the capability of detecting, logging, and reporting access to the system and network or attempts to breach security of the system or network.

RingCentral employs access control mechanisms that are intended to:
i. Limit access to Protected Data to only those Personnel who have a reasonable need to access said data to enable RingCentral to perform its obligations under the Agreement. ii. Prevent unauthorized access to Protected Data.
iii. Limit access to users who have a business need to know. iv. Follow the principle of least privilege, allowing access to only the information and resources that are necessary. v. Perform review access controls on a minimum annual basis for all RingCentral’s systems that transmit, process, or store Protected Data.

Master Services Agreement Page 19 of 22

8. Telecommunication and Network Security
A. Network Management
RingCentral:
i. Maintains network security program that includes industry standard firewall protection and two-factor authentication for access to RingCentral’s networks.
ii. Deploys an Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS) and/or Intrusion Prevention Systems (IPS) to generate, monitor, and respond to alerts which could indicate potential compromise of the network and/or host. iii. Monitors web traffic from the Internet and from internal sources to detect cyber-attacks including Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) attacks against web sites / services and to block malicious traffic.

B. Network Segmentation
RingCentral:
i. Implements network segmentation between the corporate enterprise network and hosting facilities for Services. ii. Ensures separation between environments dedicated to development, staging, and production. iii. Restricts access between environments to authorized devices. iv. Controls configuration and management of network segregation and firewall rules through a formal request and approval process.

C. Network Vulnerability Scanning
RingCentral:
i. Runs internal and external network vulnerability scans against information processing systems at least quarterly. ii. Evaluates findings based on (where applicable) CVSS score and assessment of impact, likelihood, and severity. iii. Remediates findings following industry standard timelines.

9. Operations Security
A. Asset Management
RingCentral:
i. Maintains an accurate and current asset register covering hardware and software assets used for the delivery of services. ii. Maintains accountability of assets throughout their lifecycle. iii. Maintains processes to wipe or physically destroy physical assets prior to their disposal.

B. Configuration Management
RingCentral:
i. Maintains baseline configurations of information systems and applications based on industry best practices including:
a. Removal of all vendor-provided passwords.
b. Remove/disable unused services and settings.
c. Anti-malware/endpoint protection as technically feasible. ii. Enforces security configuration settings for systems used in the provision of the Services. iii. Ensures that clocks of all information processing systems are synchronized to one of more reference time sources.

C. Malicious Code Protection
i. To the extent practicable, RingCentral has endpoint protection in place, in the form of Endpoint Detection and Response (EDR) and/or antivirus software, installed and running on servers and workstations. ii. EDR alerts are monitored, and immediate action is taken to investigate and remediate any abnormal behavior. iii. Where used, antivirus software will be current and running to scan for and promptly remove or quarantine viruses and other malware on Windows servers and workstations.

D. Vulnerability, Security Patching
RingCentral:
i. Monitors for publicly disclosed vulnerabilities and exposures for impact to Supplier’s information systems and products. ii. Ensures quality assurance testing of patches prior to deployment.

Master Services Agreement Page 20 of 22
iii. Ensures that all findings resulting from network vulnerability scanning and relevant publicly disclosed vulnerabilities and exposures are remediated according to industry best practices, including CVSS score and assessment of impact, likelihood and severity and are remediated following industry standard timelines.

E. Logging and Monitoring
RingCentral shall ensure that:
i. All systems, devices or applications associated with the access, processing, storage, communication and/or transmission of Protected Data, generate audit logs.
ii. Access to Protected Data is logged.
iii. Logs include sufficient detail that they can be used to detect significant unauthorized activity. iv. Logs are protected against unauthorized access, modification, and deletion. v. Logs are sent to a centralized location for aggregation and monitoring.

10. Software Development and Maintenance
A. Secure Development Lifecycle
RingCentral:
i. Applies secure development lifecycle practices, including, during design, development, and test cycles. ii. Ensures that products are subject to security design review including threat considerations and data handling practices. iii. Ensures that Services are subject to a secure release review prior to promotion to production.

B. Security Testing
As part of the secure development lifecycle, RingCentral:
i. Performs rigorous security testing, including, as technically feasible:
a. static code analysis.
b. source code peer reviews.
c. dynamic and interactive security testing.
d. security logic, or security “QA” testing.
ii. Ensures that Internet-facing applications are subject to application security assessment reviews and testing to identify common security vulnerabilities as identified by industry-recognized organizations (e.g., OWASP Top 10 Vulnerabilities, CWE/SANS Top 25 vulnerabilities).
iii. For all mobile applications (i.e. running on Android, Blackberry, iOS, Windows Phone) that collect, transmit or display Protected Data, conducts an application security assessment review to identify and remediate industry-recognized vulnerabilities specific to mobile applications.
iv. Does NOT use Protected Data for testing.
v. Makes all reasonable effort to identify and remediate software vulnerabilities prior to release.

C. Annual Penetration Testing
RingCentral:
i. Engages qualified, independent third-party penetration testers to perform annual penetration test against its Products and environments where Protected Data is hosted.
ii. Requires sub-processors to perform similar penetration testing against their systems, environments, and networks. iii. Ensures remediation of all findings in a commercially reasonable period of time.

D. Product Vulnerability Management
RingCentral:
i. Uses commercially reasonable efforts to regularly identify software security vulnerabilities in RingCentral Services. ii. Provides relevant updates, upgrades, and bug fixes for known software security vulnerabilities, for any software provided or in which any Protected Data is processed.
iii. Ensures that all findings resulting from internal and external testing are evaluated according to industry best practices, including CVSS score and assessment of impact, likelihood and severity and are remediated following industry standard timelines.

Master Services Agreement Page 21 of 22
E. Open Source and Third-Party Software
RingCentral:
i. Maintains an asset registry of all third-party software (TPS) and open-source software (OSS) incorporated into the Services. ii. Uses commercially reasonable efforts to ensure the secure development and security of open-source software and thirdparty software used by RingCentral. iii. Uses commercially reasonable efforts to evaluate, track and remediate vulnerabilities of open-source software (OSS) and other third-party libraries that are incorporated into the Services.

11. Data Handling
A. Data Classification
RingCentral maintains data classification standards including:
i. Public data, data that is generally available or expected to be known to the public. ii. Confidential data, data that is not available to the general public.

Protected Data is classified as RingCentral Confidential Data.

B. Data Segregation
RingCentral:
i. Ensures physical or logical segregation of Protected Data from other customers’ data. ii. Ensures physical separation and access control to segregate Protected Data from RingCentral data.

C. Encryption of Data
RingCentral:
i. Shall ensure encryption of Protected Data in electronic form in transit over all public wired networks (e.g., Internet) and all wireless networks (excluding communication over Public Switch Telephone Networks). ii. Excepting the Engage Communities feature of Engage Digital, shall ensure encryption of Protected Data in electronic form when stored at rest.
iii. Uses industry standard encryption algorithms and key strengths to encrypt Protected Data in transit over all public wired networks (e.g., Internet) and all wireless networks.

D. Destruction of Data
RingCentral shall:
i. Ensure the secure deletion of data when it is no longer required. ii. Ensure that electronic media that has been used in the delivery of Services to the Customer will be sanitized before disposal or repurposing, using a process that assures data deletion and prevents data from being reconstructed or read. iii. Destroy any equipment containing Protected Data that is damaged or non-functional.

12. Incident Response
RingCentral’s incident response capability is designed to comply with statutory and regulatory obligations governing incident response. As such, RingCentral:

A. Maintains an incident response capability to respond to events potentially impacting the confidentiality, integrity and/or availability of Services and/or data including Protected Data.

B. Has a documented incident response plan based on industry best practices.

C. Has a process for evidence handling that safeguards the integrity of evidence collected to including allowing detection of unauthorized access to.

D. Will take appropriate steps and measures to comply with statutory and regulatory obligations governing incident response.

When RingCentral learns of or discovers a security event which impacts Protected Data, RingCentral will notify Customer without undue delay and will take commercially reasonable steps to isolate, mitigate, and/or remediate such event.

13. Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery
A. Business Continuity
RingCentral:
i. Ensures that responsibilities for service continuity are clearly defined and documented and have been allocated to an individual with sufficient authority.

Master Services Agreement Page 22 of 22
ii. Has a business continuity plan (BCP) in place designed to provide ongoing provision of the Services to Customer. iii. Develops, implements, and maintains a business continuity management program to address the needs of the business and Services provided to the Customer. To that end, RingCentral completes a minimum level of business impact analysis, crisis management, business continuity, and disaster recovery planning. iv. Ensures that the scope of the BCP encompasses all relevant locations, personnel and information systems used to provide the Services.
v. Ensure that its BCP includes, but is not limited to, elements such location workarounds, application workarounds, vendor workarounds, and staffing workarounds, exercised at minimum annually. vi. Reviews, updates, and tests the BCP at least annually.

B. Disaster Recovery
RingCentral:
i. Maintains a disaster recovery plan, which includes, but is not limited to, infrastructure, technology, and system(s) details, recovery activities, and identifies the people/teams required for such recovery, exercised at least annually. ii. Ensures that the disaster recovery plan addresses actions that RingCentral will take in the event of an extended outage of service.
iii. Ensures that its plans address the actions and resources required to provide for (i) the continuous operation of RingCentral, and (ii) in the event of an interruption, the recovery of the functions required to enable RingCentral to provide the Services, including required systems, hardware, software, resources, personnel, and data supporting these functions.

CITY OF CYPRESS
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
City Council Regular 8.

FROM: Douglas Dancs, Director of Public Works
DATE: 04/24/2023
SUBJECT: Approve Plans and Specifications and Award Contracts for Residential Street Resurfacing, Project 314

RECOMMENDATION

1. Approve Plans and Specifications for Residential Street Resurfacing, Project 314; and

2. Award a contract to American Asphalt South Inc., for $926,269.43, and authorize a contingency of $139,000; and

3. Approve a Task Order for Construction Inspection Services to Ardurra Group Inc., for $131,300 and authorize a contingency of $13,000.

DISCUSSION
Many projects within the Capital Improvements Program (CIP) are part of a regular multi-year program to ensure the infrastructure is adequately funded and maintained. The residential street resurfacing project is part of an annual program in the CIP to ensure proper street maintenance.

This project will slurry seal and/or overlay various residential streets and alleys, consisting of over 28 lane miles of pavement (see attached). A slurry seal is typically applied to individual streets every five to seven years. This process creates a moisture barrier/weatherproofing layer that prevents damage to the underlying street pavement but does not provide any structural improvement. An overlay is applied every 10 to 15 years and consists of removing and replacing up to two inches of the existing asphalt pavement.

On April 4, 2023, the City received five bid proposals for the project with American Asphalt South Inc. identified as the low bidder. Ardurra Group Inc., the City’s on-call construction manager, will inspect the project. A summary of project award information is attached.

BUDGET IMPACT
Estimated construction and construction management costs are $1,209,569.43 and sufficient Estimated construction and construction management costs are $1,209,569.43 and sufficient amounts are budgeted in the City Capital Projects Fund for this project.

LEGAL REVIEW
None required.

APPROVED BY: Peter Grant, City Manager
Attachments
Award Information and Bid Proposals
Location Map
Ardurra Task Order
Project Award Information Checklist
Description of Project:

Slurry Seal approximate 27.8 lane miles of pavement, grind and overlay .5 lane miles of alley, and replace traffic striping.

Contract Working Days: 30 working days
Orange County Register
Publication Date:

March 16, 2023
Notice Inviting Bids Sent to: CIPList.com, The Orange County Register, McGrawHill Construction, Dodge Construction Network, AGC Plan Room, Construct Connect
Bid Opening Date: April 4, 2023
No. of Bid Packets Purchased: 23
Bidders Amount

1. American Asphalt South Inc., Riverside, CA $926,269.43

2. Pavement Coatings Co., Jurupa Valley, CA $985,703.28

3. VSS International, Inc., West Sacramento, CA $996,120.00

4. Palp, Inc. DBA Excel Paving, Long Beach, CA $1,068,982.94

5. All American Asphalt, Corona, CA $1,224,422.10
Apparent Low Bidder: American Asphalt South Inc., Riverside, CA – $926,269.43 Qualified to Perform Work: Yes. Staff confirmed bid was responsive.

Contractor’s License: Registration with DIR:

Valid at Time of Award: Yes Contractor: Yes
Valid at Time of Bid: Yes Sub-Contractor: Yes
Experience:

The apparent low bidder has performed this type of work for multiple government agencies in Southern California.

Construction
Management/Inspection Firm:

Ardurra Group, Inc.

On-Call Contract Date: June 27, 2022
Amount of Task Order: $ 144,300

1960 East Grand Avenue, El Segundo, CA 90245 | 310.359.1203 | www.ardurra.com March 29, 2022
Nick Mangkalakiri, PE
City Engineer
Engineering Division, City of Cypress
5275 Orange Avenue
Cypress, CA 90630
Subject: Proposal for Construction Inspection Services for Residential Street Resurfacing, Project 314 Dear Mr. Mangkalakiri,
Ardurra Group, Inc. is pleased to present this proposal to the City of Cypress to provide professional construction inspection services for Residential Street Resurfacing, Project 314 in accordance with Attachment “A” – Scope of Services and Attachment “B” – Schedule of Compensation. All work will be completed pursuant to the City of Cypress On-Call Construction Management and Inspection Services Contract dated June 27, 2022.

Respectfully submitted,
Ardurra Group, Inc.

Omar Alameddine
Project and Construction Management Group Leader
March 29, 2023
Attachment “A”
Scope of Services
Scope of Services
The scope of services includes full-time inspection services and some hours for project controls to assist our inspector in the field.

Below is a list of services included in this proposal:
 Represent the City’s interests with the overall construction inspection of this project.  Monitor the contractor's compliance with the project contract, specifications, and National Pollutant  Discharge Elimination System (NPDES).
 Assist City staff with public relations, including distributing construction notices and responding to inquiries of residents and the general public.
 Attend the preconstruction meeting and subsequent weekly field meetings, as needed.  Assist in the coordination and review of contractor's submittals, including proposed construction schedules and other submittals required by the project plans and specifications.  Assist the City’s construction manager to monitor and document that the contractor adheres to the approved construction schedule.
 Be present on the job site when construction is in progress and when inspection is required. Full-time inspection work is proposed as requested by the City. Ardurra will not be responsible for observing construction activities that are implemented when its inspector is not scheduled/present on site.  Provide assistance and direction to technicians performing materials tests, as needed.  Measure and verify the project pay item quantities, in-place. All pay item quantities must be confirmed with the contractor prior to submission of invoice for payment.
 Review the contractor's invoices.
 Assist in the review and processing of requests for information (RFIs), change orders, and approved time and materials work.
 Prepare daily inspection reports (Daily Activity Report, Weekly Statement of Working Days, etc.), as required for this project.
 Review traffic control and coordinate any adjustments, as needed.  Identify items requiring corrective action by either the contractor or City. Monitor and document completion of corrective actions.
 Develop punch list items and monitor corrections made.

Attachment “B”
Schedule of Compensation
Role / Name Total
Hours
Hourly
Rate
PE Licensed Inspector - Arash Rostamian P.E. 280.00 $ 170.00 Public Works Inspector - As needed - $ 152.00
Project Controls Engineer - As needed 60.00 $ 145.00
Submittal Review Allowance - As needed
Nighttime / Weekend Inspection Allowance - As needed - - Material Testing Allowance - As needed - -
$ 8,700.00
$ 5,000.00
$ 10,000.00
$ 60,000.00
Total Estimated Fee $ 131,300.00
City of Cypress
Construction Inspection & Material Testing for Residential Street Resurfacing Project 314 30 Working Day Construction Duration
Extended
Fee
$ 47,600.00
-
CITY OF CYPRESS
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
City Council Regular 9.

FROM: Douglas Dancs, Director of Public Works
DATE: 04/24/2023
SUBJECT: Award a Contract for a Right-of-Way Irrigation System Water Conservation Assessment, Project 340

RECOMMENDATION
Award a contract to David Evans and Associates for a Right-of-Way Irrigation Systems Water Conservation Assessment for $50,110, and authorize a contingency of $7,500.

DISCUSSION
The City Council's Strategic Plan includes an objective to evaluate the right-of-way irrigation system and software to reduce water consumption. The City's right-of-way consists of approximately three acres of median landscaping, six acres of arterial street parkway landscaping (from the curb to the property line), and residential street parkway landscaping that is maintained and irrigated by the adjacent homeowner. The existing right-of-way irrigation systems (piping, spray heads, controllers, etc.) for City-maintained medians and parkways is in need of replacement. The system has exceeded its useful life, operates with outdated software that is no longer supported by the manufacturer, and its controllers are not integrated with other technologies.

In February, Public Works issued a Request for Qualifications to evaluate the irrigation system and make recommendations to improve its efficiency. Two firms responded and Public Works recommends David Evans and Associates (DEA) as the most qualified to perform the services. DEA has extensive experience designing and retrofitting landscaping and irrigation systems, has accomplished landscape architects, irrigation designers, and irrigation auditors, and has completed similar projects for other local agencies including the cities of Temecula, La Quinta and Lake Elsinore.

BUDGET IMPACT
Sufficient amounts are budgeted in the City Capital Projects Fund for the irrigation assessment.

LEGAL REVIEW
The City Attorney has reviewed and approved the contract to form.

APPROVED BY: Peter Grant, City Manager
Attachments
Contract

Todd Holmes

CITY OF CYPRESS
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
City Council Regular 10.

FROM: Douglas Dancs, Director of Public Works
DATE: 04/24/2023
SUBJECT: Award a Contract for a Security System Evaluation of City Facilities, Project 343

RECOMMENDATION
Award a contract to Triad Consulting Group for a security system evaluation of City facilities, Project 343, for $125,000 and authorize a contingency of $12,500.

DISCUSSION
The City has various cameras, card access readers, and security systems at its facilities. The systems were installed at different times by different vendors and often as part of separate projects. The disparate systems do not work together seamlessly and maintaining different hardware and software platforms is inefficient. The FY 2022-23 Capital Improvement Program includes a project to evaluate City security systems and recommend improvements and best management practices for an effective and integrated security system that will enhance safety at City facilities for employees and residents.

Public Works released a Request for Proposals for security assessment services and received responses from Aegis Security & Investigations, Guidepost Solutions, and Triad Consulting. Public Works, Police and Recreation and Community Services interviewed the top firms and recommend Triad Consulting Group as the most qualified. The firm comes highly recommended and has completed similar assessments for the cities of Orange and Manhattan Beach, and the University of California, Irvine, and was recently awarded the Oak Knoll Park security improvements design contract.

Triad Consulting Group, working in collaborating with Public Works, Police, RCS, and Information Technology will inspect City facilities, review policies and procedures, prepare a master implementation plan, and estimate costs for the improvements.

BUDGET IMPACT
The estimated cost is $137,500 and sufficient amounts are budgeted in the City Capital Projects Fund for this project.

LEGAL REVIEW
The City Attorney has approved the agreement as to form.

APPROVED BY: Peter Grant, City Manager
Attachments
Contract
Qualifications

CITY OF CYPRESS

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
December 15, 2022
Request for Proposal (RFP)
City Facility Security System Assessment
By:

Triad Consulting & System Design Group, LLC
Corona, CA · Portland, OR · Phoenix, AZ
Contact person: Gregory Brandon, Principal
2925 Mira Vista Way, Corona, CA 92881
Tel: 949-943-9422
City of Cypress
Public Works Department
Attn: Nick Mangkalakiri, PE
5275 Orange Avenue
Cypress, CA 90630
Subject: RFP – City Facility Security System Assessment Dear Nick:

Triad Consulting & System Design Group (Triad Consulting) is pleased to submit to the City of Cypress (City) this proposal in response to the RFP for City Facility Security System Assessment.

Triad Consulting is a California registered, limited-liability corporation founded in 2012 with headquarters in Corona, California and satellite offices in Portland, Oregon, and Phoenix, Arizona. Triad Consulting has a strong, ASIS credentialled team with exceptional experience in conducting security assessments of municipal facilities, developing concise security assessment reports containing physical, electronic, and operational security recommendations and their associated implementation costs, providing product and enterprise system recommendations, understanding and explaining integration constraints among products and systems.

Our significant body of work in public sector projects allows us to understand issues faced by government clients in terms of project costs and maximizing value, vendor selection and necessity for comprehensive planning, product ease of use and long-term reliability.

Our proposal response is laid out consistent with the stated requirements of the RFP. Please use the Table of Contents on the following page as a guide to our proposal. A separate electronic Cost Proposal has been provided separately.

We are genuinely excited to partner with you on this important project. Please contact me if you have any questions. I am authorized, along with business partner and co-founder Mike Ulwelling to negotiate and execute a contract with the City on behalf of Triad Consulting.

Sincerely,
Gregory W. Brandon Mike Ulwelling, CPP
Principal Managing Director
T: 949-943-9422 T: 503-505-3665
E: [email protected] E: [email protected]
* Triad Consulting is a California Certified Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
COVER LETTER 02
TABLE OF CONTENTS 03

1. MINIMUM QUALIFICATIONS 04

2. FIRM ORGANIZATION, CREDENTIALS, BACKGROUND 05
• Profile
• What We Do
• Technical Expertise
• Statement of Non-Affiliation
• Credentials
• Demonstrated Competence
• List of Sample Relevant Projects

3. TEAM QUALIFICATIONS 09
• Organization Chart
• Key Personnel

4. EXPERIENCE 12
• City of Orange
• Orange County Fire Authority
• University of California, Irvine

5. APPROACH/PROPOSED WORK PLAN 15
• Project Approach
• Proposed Work Plan APPENDIX 20
• Project Organization Chart
• Key Staff Resumes
City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 4

1. MINIMUM QUALIFICATIONS  Triad Consulting’s core competency is physical security consulting and electronic security system design with vast experience with municipal and government- entities. Triad Consulting is headquartered in Corona, California approximately 30 miles from the City of Cypress. The project will be managed and performed from our Corona, California location.  Triad Consulting has performed security system assessments since our formation in 2012.

Triad Consulting recently provided security assessments and recommendations reports for City of Orange, City of Manhattan Beach, City of Thousand Oaks, Yolo County Public Works, Las Virgenes Municipal Water District (Calabasas, CA). We have assisted in selection of integrated security management platforms and provided system designs for City of Orange, City of Manhattan Beach, City of Palmdale, City of Temecula, and City of Portland, OR.  Triad Consulting’s owners are directly involved in projects and principal owner Gregg Brandon will manage this project. Key decisions and issue resolution can be made expediently to keep the project on schedule and budget.  A large team of senior consultants and system engineers including ASIS credentialled experts at security system assessments, electronic system design and cost estimating. The project team has over 150 years of cumulative experience.

City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 5

2. FIRM ORGANIZATION, CREDENTIALS,

BACKGROUND
Profile: Triad Consulting & System Design Group (Triad Consulting) is a California registered, limited liability corporation headquartered in Corona, CA with offices in Portland, OR and Phoenix, AZ. Founded in 2012, the principals of Triad Consulting had previously built and managed the largest physical security consulting practice in the nation. With a staff of ten employees, Triad Consulting provides expert security consulting and electronic security system design services to government-entity customers across the nation. This project will be managed and performed from our office in Corona.

What We Do: Triad Consulting provides security plan development that defines “What”, “Where”, “How”, and “When” improvements to a security program should be made. Triad Consulting believes an effective security program takes a holistic approach in balancing the elements of physical, operational, and technological security.

A compete security plan integrates facility design features, physical security measures, and appropriately planned and implemented security technology, with a comprehensive system of operational policies, procedures, methodologies, and security personnel, to ensure a safe and secure environment. This approach reinforces the benefits each security element may provide on its own, so that the whole is greater than the sum of its parts. Consequently, no individual element of this total program can be singled out for removal or stand-alone implementation, without a direct and adverse effect on the totality of the security approach. Triad Consulting’s unique blend of operational and technological experts ensure you receive the most cost-effective solutions to your security program challenges.

Triad Consulting has significant experience in providing security assessment, electronic systems and infrastructure/technology consulting and comprehensive design services. We understand how electronic systems and information technology converge, providing important safeguards to technology projects. We excel at the challenge of successfully developing and implementing security measures from concept through installation oversight. Most Triad Consulting projects include a comprehensive analysis of products and manufacturers, to support our clients in the search for the best security system solution. Triad Consulting is known for its continuing research, relationships and familiarity with the products and services of the security industry at-large.

Technical Expertise: Triad Consulting’s technical subject matter experts are recognized nationally as experts in the field of electronic security systems. Triad Consulting stays current with changes to technology and products in a number of ways. At industry events regionally and nationally, our staff Triad
Consulting
Areas of Expertise:

Security Management
Security Assessments
Security Master Planning
Policies and Procedures
Organization / Staffing
Operations Centers
Electronic Systems
Video Surveillance
Access Control
Intrusion Alarm
Fire Alarm
Communications
Data Infrastructure
Networks
System Optimization
Integrated Design
Physical Security
Fences & Gates
CPTED
Signage
Bollards and Barriers
Key Control
Door Hardware
Security Lighting
City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 6
reviews the latest products and participates as program speakers on emerging video, access control, and communications technology and their applications. Our staff actively participates on Security Industry Association and ASIS International technology committee panels, participates in national credential development initiatives and is regularly consulted by manufacturers on the appropriate application of emerging technology.

Triad Consulting has a great deal of experience with electronic security systems both old and new, obsolete and cutting edge. From alarm systems, access control, video surveillance, communications, and the like, our diverse project base has demanded we become experts on all major systems and how they work together.

Statement of Non-Affiliation: Triad Consulting is an independent consulting firm, unaffiliated with any manufactured product or contracting entity. As such, we have no biases other than to serve the best interests of our clients. Why is this important? The recommendations that Triad Consulting can provide a client are not limited. With no single system manufacturer right for every situation, Triad Consulting can make you aware of options available to meet your specific requirements without the additional cost burdens of features or products that do not compliment operational needs.

Credentials: Credentials: One member of Triad Consulting’s project team is a Certified Protection Professionals (CPP) and two members have attained a Physical Security Professional (PSP) credential. ASIS International, the preeminent international organization for security professionals, administers the CPP and PSP programs. The ASIS certification program is the first program of its kind to be awarded the SAFETY Act Designation by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security.

Throughout the world, the Certified Protection Professional (CPP) designation is acknowledged as the security profession's highest recognition of practitioners. It is evidence that an individual is "Board Certified in Security Management." The CPP™ is awarded based upon experience, education, and passage of an examination that provides an objective measure of an individual's broad-based knowledge and competency in security management.

The Physical Security Professional (PSP) credential provides demonstrated knowledge and experience in threat assessment and risk analysis; integrated physical security systems; and the appropriate identification, implementation, and ongoing evaluation of security measures. Those who earn the PSP are ASIS Board “Certified in Physical Security”. Ongoing professional development is required in order to maintain both of the above credentials Demonstrated Competence: Triad Consulting has never been found non-responsible, debarred, disqualified, forbidden, or otherwise prohibited from performing work and/or responding for work for any public agency with California or nationwide since our inception in 2012. Triad Consulting in unique in that we possess expertise in operational, physical, network, and electronic security. We are able to cover a project from concept to close-out with in-house senior staff. Managing this expertise our two co-founders and owners of the firm set a clear line of communication and performance expectations with both staff and our satisfied cliental. As such, we have never been terminated from any project due to contract dispute or claim filed against Triad Consulting.

City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 7

SAMPLE RELEVANT PROJECTS
The following is an overview of some of our past projects directly related to municipal and government agency security assessments, systems evaluations, recommendations reports, security master plans, and security design . We have highlighted relevant elements to offer a quick snapshot of how our expertise can be applied to the City of Cypress project.

Table 1. Relevant Municipal and Government-Entity Security Evaluation/Assessment Projects Table Client/Project Security Assessments Assessment Recommendations Report Physical and Electronic Security Design Year Completed City of Orange – City-wide Electronic Security Evaluation and Recommendations, Electronic Security System Design √ √ √ Ongoing City of Manhattan Beach – City-wide Video Surveillance Evaluation and Recommendations, Video Surveillance System Design √ √ √ Ongoing City of Palmdale – City-wide Security Assessment and Electronic Security Conceptual Design √ √ 2022
Metropolitan Water District of Southern California – Threat & Vulnerability Assessment Update and Recommendations Report, Electronic Security Design √ √ √ 2021
City of Rohnert Park – Electronic Security System Evaluation, Electronic Security System Design √ √ √ Ongoing
Yolo County – County-wide Electronic Security System Evaluation and Security Master Plan √ √ 2021
Orange County Fire Authority Headquarters Complex – Electronic Security System Evaluation and Recommendations, Electronic Security System Design
√ √ √
2022
University of California, Irvine – Campus-wide Security Assessment, Security Master Plan, Electronic Security System Design
√ √ √
Ongoing
Las Virgenes Municipal Water District – Security
Assessments and Security Master Plan √ √
2020
Jefferson County, CO – Security Assessment, Security Master Plan √ √ 2018 City of Portland, OR – City-wide Security Assessment, Security Master Plan, Security Operations Center Design √ √
2019
San Mateo County – County-wide Access Control Evaluation and Recommendations √ √ Ongoing
Maricopa Association of Governments – Security Assessment and Recommendations, Electronic Security Design √ √ √ 2021
City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 8

REFERENCE PROJECTS
We have provided three Orange
County, government-entity project
profiles in Section 3. – Experience
that describe recent and relevant
experience with security system
assessments, recommendations,
electronic security design.

These projects include:

1. City of Orange – City-wide Electronic
Security Evaluation and
Recommendations, Electronic
Security Design

2. Orange County Fire Authority
Headquarters Complex – Electronic Security Evaluations and Recommendations, Electronic
Security Design

3. University of California, Irvine –
Security Assessments, Security
Master Plan, Technology Selection,
Electronic Security Design

SELECTED GOVERNMENT CLIENTS
City of Los Angeles
City of Portland (OR)
City of Riverside
City of Albuquerque (NM)
City of Temecula
City of Buena Park
City of Orange
City of Manhattan Beach
City of Thousand Oaks
City of Rohnert Park
Town of Yucca Valley
County of Riverside
County of Yolo
County of Los Angeles
County of Santa Barbara
County of San Mateo
County of Orange
County of Canyon (ID)
County of King (WA)
County of Jefferson (CO)
County of Johnson (KS)
Maricopa Association of Governments (AZ)
Utah Transit Agency (UT)
Pierce Transit, Tacoma (WA)
Los Angeles Metro
Port of Oakland
Port of Long Beach
San Diego International Airport
John Wayne Airport
Southern California Logistics Airport
Metropolitan Water District of Southern California
Placer County Water Agency
Tarrant Regional Water District (TX)
Eastern Municipal Water District
Contra Costa Water District
Inland Empire Utilities Authority
Las Virgenes Municipal Water District
Foothill Municipal Water District
Massachusetts Water Resource Authority (MA)
San Jacinto Unified School District
Lake Elsinore Unified School District
Eugene School District 4J (OR)
University of California, Irvine
California State University, Fullerton
Oregon State University (OR)
Tarrant County College District (TX)
Judicial Council of California
Veteran Affairs Medical Center, Boston, MA
Detroit Regional Convention Facility Authority (MI)
Las Vegas Convention Center (NV)
Riverside County Health System
City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 9

2. TEAM QUALIFICATIONS
To provide the City of Cypress with knowledgeable, cost-effective security consulting services, Triad Consulting proposes a 100% in-house team of subject matter experts made up of experienced and qualified security assessment professionals, physical and electronic security design experts, and the required combination of security management and advisory experience to meet the complete satisfaction of the City. As a note, for this project Ray Bernard a nationally acclaimed, physical security consultant is joining the Triad Consulting team as a contract consultant bringing his exceptional experience in security program evaluations. Senior staff and management at Triad Consulting have known and respected Ray for well over a decade and welcome his participation on this project.

Below is a brief synopsis of the experience and qualifications of the Triad Consulting project team. An enlarged Organizational Chart of the one depicted in Diagram 1 and Professional Resumes of the Project Team are included in the Appendix Section of this proposal response. This team is available to commence with this important project immediately and remain engaged through the duration of the contract.

Diagram 1- Organizational Chart
City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 10

KEY PERSONNEL
Gregory “Gregg” Brandon – Principal/Project Manager (Available 75%) Gregg serves as principal-in-charge for Triad Consulting. One of the firm’s co-founders, Gregg has nearly 30 years of experience managing and providing oversight to critical infrastructure security projects across the nation. His career includes leading the nation’s largest security practice for a national engineering firm and working with leading security consultants, integrators, and manufactures. Gregg has a Bachelor of Science Degree in Communications from California State University Fullerton and has provided hands on management of electronic security projects for: City of Los Angeles, City of Orange, City of Temecula, City of Manhattan Beach, Riverside County, Los Angeles County, Orange County Fire Authority, Metropolitan Water District, John Wayne Airport, and University of California, Irvine.

Gregg will provide ‘hands-on’ project management for this project.

Ray Bernard, PSP – Senior Security Consultant (Available 65%) Ray has over 30 years of experience as a security program and technology consultant, with extensive security system design and deployment work and a strong information systems technology background. Ray has led many noteworthy security projects from international airports, nuclear disarmament facilities, sports stadiums, school districts, water districts, electric utilities, oil and gas facilities, manufacturing plants and multiple-tower high-rise facilities. He is the author of the Elsevier book Security Technology Convergence Insights, and a contributing author to the Encyclopedia of Security Management, Second Edition, covering the topics “The Convergence of Physical Security and IT”, “Access Control Levels”, and “Authentication, Authorization and Cryptography.” Ray has been an active instructor for ASIS workshops for over 15 years and has written over 400 articles for leading security magazines. Ray’s multi-site municipal security assessment, technology design and deployment clients include City of San Diego (CA), Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, Metropolitan Water District of Southern California, Santa Clara County (CA), City of Philadelphia (PA) Veteran’s Stadium, City of Atlanta (GA), City of Burbank (CA), and the City of Vancouver (Canada). Ray is the assessment lead for the project and will author the Security Risk Assessment Report.

Dave Skusek, PSP – Senior System Engineer (Available 50%) Dave is a senior system engineer with over 30 years of security systems engineering experience. Dave has contributed to the security of many of our nation’s critical infrastructures through the assessment and design of electronic security systems for iconic bridges, historic municipal structures, major air/seaports, medical centers, transportation centers, courthouses, colleges and universities, water and wastewater agencies, correctional facilities, and convention centers. Dave is recognized nationally as a security technology expert with an exceptional grasp of system differentiators and has presented at security industry conferences on advanced security systems. Dave is a certified Physical Security Professional through ASIS International and has an AA Degree in Electronics Engineering-Communications from Milwaukee Area Technical College. Dave has provided security system evaluations and integrated security system design services on hundreds of projects including enterprise-wide projects for the City of Orange, City of Los Angeles, Orange County Fire Authority, University of California Irvine, Riverside County Health System, Placer County Water Agency, New York City – East River Bridges, Ontario International Airport, and John Wayne Airport. Dave will also be active in facility assessments and evaluation, recommendations and ROM costs for electronic security.

City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 11
Jeff Hutchison – Sr. Public Safety Consultant (Available 25%) Jeff Hutchison, a member of the Triad Consulting team for 3 years was formerly the Assistant Chief of Police of the University of California, Irvine Police Department, has over 33 years of law enforcement experience, 13 years of which he served as the Assistant Chief (including 2 years as Interim Chief of Police) with the UC Irvine Police Department. Jeff began his career with the San Diego Police Department. While with the San Diego Police Department, he worked as a patrol officer, Special Weapons and Tactics (SWAT) team member, juvenile intervention officer, investigations, and duty lieutenant’s aide. As Assistant Chief at UCI, Jeff was responsible for overseeing all Department operations including its three major Divisions – Patrol, Investigations and Administration. Jeff was a member of the UCI Security Assessment Committee with responsibilities for developing the campus standards for access control, surveillance cameras, intrusion alarms, panic alarms, emergency notifications systems and fire alarms. Jeff earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Criminal Justice from National University. Jeff has provided subject matter expertise to security projects for LA Metro, Tarrant Regional Water District, San Jacinto USD, RHP Properties, Maricopa Association of Governments. Jeff will assist in policy review as the relate to security systems and analyze crime/risk profiles of the facilities.

Danny Lopez – Technical Services (Available 40%)
Danny has over a decade of experience providing computer aided drafting (CAD) and system design services in the Architect / Engineer / Consultant (AEC) industry. Danny has worked with the Triad Consulting team since its inception and holds several design certifications for electronic security systems. Danny has provided Triad Consulting with considerable field support including security assessments, field surveys and existing system audits for the creation of as-built documentation. Danny has conducted on-site assessments and provided designs at University of California, Irvine, City of Palmdale, City of Rohnert Park, Pierce Transit, City of Thousand Oaks, Foothill Municipal Water District, and Riverside County Health System. Danny will provide technical support for assessments and ROM costing.

Rodney Thayer – Network Security Consultant (Available 30%) Rodney Thayer a nationally recognized expert in “convergence engineering” the evaluation, specification, and successful deployment of network-attached systems. Rodney has decades of experience with network protocols in various roles including specification, standardization, implementation, deployment, troubleshooting, and attach/defense research infrastructure. Rodney has experience with a wide variety of network technologies applying security controls to embedded systems. Among Rodney’s municipal experience was providing cyber security assessments for 14 municipal water departments as part of Risk and Resilience Assessment projects. Rodney will ensure physical security protections are sufficient for network infrastructure and assets.

Mike Ulwelling, CPP – Quality Control (Available 35%)
Mike is co-founder and Managing Partner of Triad Consulting and has 28 years of broad-based experience in the security and alarm industry having worked for system and product manufacturers, integrators, and consulting firms. Mike is Board Certified in Security Management as a Certified Protection Professional (CPP) through ASIS International. Mike has a BSEE from Marquette University and an MBA from Pepperdine University. Mike possesses a comprehensive understanding of security management, consulting, security and fire alarm system design, and project/program management. In addition, Mike has vast expertise in planning, assessments, existing system evaluations, field surveys, needs analysis, cost/benefit analysis, technology recommendations, system design, construction support, project and program management. Relevant planning/design experience for government clients include City of Portland (OR), City of Palmdale, City of Rohnert Park, Placer County Water Agency, Yolo County, Tarrant Regional Water District (TX), Foothill Municipal Water District, and University of California, Irvine. Mike will provide quality control of Triad Consulting’s process and all deliverables.

City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 12

3. EXPERIENCE
1 CITY OF ORANGE
Security Audit, Electronic Access Control and
Alarm Replacement Projects, Fire Station
Security Design, Handy and El Camino Park
Assessment and Security Design, Security
Operations Center Optimization (2019-
Present)
In September of 2019 Triad Consulting was awarded a contract by the City of Orange to be prime consultant and system designer in the replacement of the City’s antiquated electronic access control system at nine City locations including the Civic Center campus, Police Department, and Corporate Yard.

The project goals included:
- Develop RFP for replacement of existing electronic access control system (EACS) - Move access control functions onto the City’s existing Genetec Security Center platform that is used for video surveillance
The preliminary design phase of the project included stakeholder meetings to discuss desired system requirements and site surveys at the nine locations to evaluate the existing EACS (Keri Systems) to determine if existing power sources, door hardware, and wiring infrastructure can be utilized by the new system and verified space requirements in IDF rooms. As part of the preliminary design, Triad Consulting reviewed card readers and card technology and provided recommendations to transition to current industry standards.

During the design phase Triad Consulting provided the City with conceptual design drawings and ROM estimates for review and confirmation by the City and then 95% and 100% Bid Document Packages that included:
- Detailed drawings indicating device locations, door details, control and power locations, door details, wire connection details, and single-line diagrams
- Technical Specifications coordinated with City standard contract requirements - Revised ROM cost estimates
- Bid Assistance
- Construction Administration
Triad Consulting provided bid assistance and construction administration for the project as well. As a second project Triad Consulting was awarded a contract in 2020 to provide alarm system replacement at 23 City-owned buildings and integrate those alarms into the Genetec Security Center platform. Project tasks include site survey to verify alarm point locations and evaluate alarm panels and IDF room space requirements. Design documents include preliminary design, 90%, and 100% Design packages.

Also, in 2020 Triad Consulting was awarded a contract to provide electronic security (access control, alarm, video surveillance) design services for the City’s new Fire Department Headquarters and Station.

This contract is directly with the City and includes coordination with the project architect, WLC Architects.

Triad Consulting was inserted into the project during the project design phase and asked to provide Construction Document package of drawings, technical specifications, and ROM estimates, Bid Assistance, and Construction Administration
City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 13
In 2022, Triad Consulting was awarded a contract to analyze the City’s Security Operations Center and recommend improvements to the Genetec Security Center configuration, camera settings to optimize live and recorded views, identify requirements for license plate recognition (LPR) cameras, and improve Dispatch use of video surveillance. This project is on-going. Project team members include Gregory Brandon; Dave Skusek, PSP; and Danny Lopez.

Total Professional Service Fees: $139,170
Contact: Mike Dering, PMP – Project Manager Information Technology City of Orange, 300 E. Chapman Ave., Orange, CA 92866
T: 714-744-2285
E: [email protected]
2 ORANGE COUNTY FIRE AUTHORITY
Headquarters Complex - Access Control Design and
Construction Services (2021-2022)
Triad Consulting has awarded a contract based off of an RFQ seeking experienced firms in enhancing the safety and security of its Regional Fire Operations and Training Center. Services include, evaluation of existing systems, products, and technology; design, engineering, development of technical specifications to enable preparation of a complete bid-ready construction document package of an Electronic Access Control Package.

Triad Consulting began the project with a review of existing documentation including OCFA’s existing vulnerability assessment report, site drawings, OCFA policies and procedures as they relate to access control, and system logs of the existing access control system.

Triad Consulting meet with OCFA project stakeholders to review access control system requirements and understand the use of access control at the facilities and interface, or desired interface, with other systems including video surveillance. Triad Consulting then provided a thorough site survey of existing and desired access control and alarm points and confirmed IDF space requirements, suitability of existing power, door hardware, pathways, and existing wiring infrastructure for potential reuse.

Triad Consulting prepared a preliminary ROM cost estimate and discovered that OCFA had budget in their project to also design and substantially implement desired video surveillance replacement into this project. Triad Consulting provided OCFA with a conceptual design document package for OCFA approval followed by 50%, 95%, and Final Construction Document packages. Project team members include Gregory Brandon, Dave Skusek, PSP, and Danny Lopez.

Total Professional Service Fees: $93,955
Contact: Patrick Bauer – Project Manager, Logistics Division OCFA T: 714-573-6471
E: [email protected]
City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 14
3 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA IRVINE
Security Assessment and Security Master Plan, Electronic Security System Design (2012-ongoing)
Triad Consulting has been the University of California, Irvine’s (UCI) security consultant and system design expert since 2012. During this time Triad Consulting has participated in over 25 security assessment, consulting and design projects. Highlights of Triad Consulting’s work with UCI include:
- University-wide assessments of over 100 UCI facilities including lecture halls, classrooms, research, student services, administrative, athletic, recreation, and operations facilities. Assessments included a review of physical and electronic security features and identification of vulnerabilities to staff, students, faculty, and assets. Triad Consulting has evaluated policies and procedures relating to the security function and analyzed the University’s Emergency Response Plan. (2014-2015) - Electronic security system (access control, alarm, video surveillance) design for 17 research buildings. (2016-2019)
- Electronic system design, video system replacement, and new campus-wide security management system for Police Dispatch Center. (2012-2016)
- Services agreement for the programming of the University’s security management platform. (2014) - On-Call Agreements in 2015, 2016, 2018, 2019, and 2020 - Design campus-wide alarm panel replacement. 2016-2019) - Electronic security systems (access control, alarm, video surveillance) design for five child care centers. (2016-2017)
- Security Assessment and Recommendations Report for University-owned art museum in Laguna Beach and design of electronic security systems (access control, alarm, video surveillance). (2016-2017) - Engineering study and design of replacement campus emergency phone system. (2016-2018) - Engineering study, design, and owner’s rep/project management for video storage architecture of University’s video surveillance system. (2018-2020)
- Electronic security systems (access control, alarm, video surveillance) design at Student Services Center. (2018-2020)
- Access control migration project (JCI Pegasus 2000 to Software House C-Cure) and campus-wide electronic lockdown design services. (2019-present)
- Electronic security systems design (alarm, access control, video surveillance) for Beckman Laser Institute (2020-2021)
Triad Consulting has performed assessments, strategic planning, site investigative surveys, system evaluations/audits, preliminary design reports, cost estimating, bid package preparation, bid assistance, construction administration, project management, and programming support for the growing and everchanging campus security program. Project team members include Gregory Brandon; Dave Skusek, PSP, Mike Ulwelling, CPP, and Danny Lopez.

Total Professional Services Fees: $1,486,000
Contact: Kyoko Adachi, AIA – Project Management Facilities University of California Irvine, Facilities Department
T: 949-824-9520
E: [email protected]
City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 15

4. APPROACH/PROPOSED WORK PLAN
Understanding of Scope: The City of Cypress (City) is seeking a qualified professional security consulting firm to provide a security system assessment of six (6) City owned facilities and sites, then develop a comprehensive Security System Risk Assessment Report containing a) electronic (technical) and physical security system measures to mitigate or reduce risk to acceptable levels for staff, information, and physical assets; b) recommend hardware, software, and overall enterprise (comprehensive) systems based on City requirements and industry standards; c) recommendations for policies and procedures based on best management practices for electronic security systems (access control, video surveillance, alarm, communications) related to the installation, maintenance, and management of the various systems; d) prepare phased implementation strategies and cost estimates based on criticality, priority, and funding
Discovery Approach:
 Stakeholder Engagement: Triad Consulting will work with the City to develop a decisionmaking framework for the project that creates requirements for implementing a comprehensive security management system. We will seek to understand current systems operation, sought-after functionality, desired interfaces with other City productivity and security products and systems; needed scalability, and required internal and external support.

We will pursue developing this framework through information gathering meetings with City project stakeholders in Public Works, IT, City Management, Law Enforcement / Public Safety, and HR. Triad Consulting estimates approximately 5 of these meetings during discovery. An additional meeting with the City’s project stakeholder group after we have review crime/risk statistics will be to confirm threats and pair threats with critical assets.  Site Security Assessments: Triad Consulting begins site surveys with preparation prior to onsite activities. Triad Consulting will download facility drawings/aerial diagrams into tablets with PlanGrid application software to efficiently document existing conditions. The site security assessment will follow ASIS assessment methodologies and consist of City facility and park perimeters, fences, gates, signage, parking, building exteriors, public accessible spaces and portals, control rooms, IT rooms/cabinets, asset storage, and lighting. On-site observations include review of existing physical and electronic security elements, CPTED features, and evaluation of operational security protocols at the site to identify potential vulnerabilities.

Existing security systems will be evaluated for effectiveness, gaps in application or coverage, and best industry practices. All assessments are conducted by senior staff.

City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 16
Triad Consulting believes in taking collaborative steps to inform our clients to progress, findings, and next steps. As a final action to this task Triad Consulting will present to the City’s project stakeholder group our findings and identified deviations from ‘best practices’.

Enterprise Integrated Security System Recommendations Approach:

Triad Consulting has extensive experience in security system design. Our approach is to analyze recommendations and City functional requirements with site constraints (often limited communications bandwidth, or easily available power in parking lots or parks) to develop system performance criteria needed. Triad Consulting then conducts a workshop to introduce to the City stakeholder group available products / systems / technology that will meet the requirements of the City and assist in selecting the most cost-effective solution. Triad Consulting developed standards include Technical Guideline specifications that narrate not only the products selected, but the standards to which they are documented, installed, programmed, and maintained.

Report Preparation Approach:

Triad Consulting develops Security System Risk Assessment Reports that detail existing security conditions and recommendations for electronic, physical, and operational security improvements to mitigate vulnerabilities and meet industry best practices. Rough Order of Magnitude Cost Estimates are developed by facility and by security element (i.e., fencing, lighting, video surveillance, access control, etc.) to assist the City in making informed decisions in Capital Improvement Planning. Once recommendations are developed and cost estimated.

Triad Consulting conducts a workshop to discuss preliminary recommendations and their associated costs to build consensus and develop prioritization plans for phasing of implementation. Triad Consulting helps promulgate assessment recommendations through briefing presentations to Management, City Executives and Councils.

Project Methodology and Controls Approach
To provide expertise and resources on a wide variety of security matters, Triad Consulting has developed and project tested management infrastructure to provide the means to perform this contract in accordance with the proposed project scope and to comply with contract general requirements. Our infrastructure for managing projects includes:
- Project Management System
- Quality Assurance (QA) Program
Project Management System
Project Manager: Each Triad Consulting project is assigned a Project Manager, who holds primary responsibility for a project within Triad Consulting, including the following:
- Planning the project and ensuring that appropriate resources (including staff) are available. - Developing schedule of milestones and completion schedules City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 17
- Compiling (and distributing to the project team) project-specific written guidelines that define the scope of work, individual staff assignments, deliverables or other work products, task budgets, schedules, and any other project requirements.
- Conducting the Project Initiation Meeting.
- Defining, documenting, and implementing applicable QA and QC requirements and ensuring that necessary procedures are approved and issued.
- Managing the technical, administrative, and financial aspects of the project, including client and regulatory agency contacts, as required.
- Being available to the project team for action or direction on any issues requiring management or technical support.
- Managing all contractual requirements and meeting the project objectives within the budget and the schedule.
- Maintaining adequate communication with the client project contact regarding all material (i.e., significant) aspects of the project, including expenditures, progress, any problems and recommended solutions, and issues that require decisions on technical or operational matters. - Provides the final review and approval of all project deliverables or outputs prior to issue to ensure adequate quality of the product or service.

Triad Consulting’s systems will model all requirements of the project and provide for the following:
- Contract Task Management
- Progress and Compliance
- Transmittal, Delivery, and Accessibility
Quality Assurance (QA) Program
Triad Consulting provides consultation and technical services to industry and government clients. It is Triad Consulting's policy to integrate quality programs into each project or work endeavor. This commitment to quality enables Triad Consulting to provide diverse services of consistently superior quality.

Triad Consulting's QA Program promotes the achievement of quality and performance objectives by planning and documenting the quality requirements for services and processes applicable to specific projects. A quality control review by senior Triad Consulting staff will be conducted prior to each project deliverable.

In addition, Triad Consulting co-owners are “hands-on” with each project ensuring immediate resolution to issues as the develop in dynamic design and construction environments.

City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 18

PROPOSED WORK PLAN
Triad Consulting proposes the following activities to deliver a comprehensive Security System Assessment Report to the City of Cypress. If selected for this important project, we welcome the opportunity to refine tasks as needed to meet the specific needs of the City.

Task 1 Site Assessments and Information Gathering: Triad Consulting provides hands on project participation, management, and oversight by the firm’s two co-founders and owners. Principal Owner Gregg Brandon will provide project management services from our Corona office location.

Gregg will inform the City project stakeholder team of progress, next steps, issues and resolution steps through weekly progress meetings (in-person and teleconference as appropriate). Owner participation in projects allows for immediate resolution and course correction from unanticipated issues to remain on schedule and budget.

Triad Consulting will start the project with a kick-off meeting with the City project stakeholder group to gather strategic insight into the project, confirm the project schedule, identify relevant documentation available, establish project contacts and communication protocols. Triad Consulting will review relevant documentation which could include (as available); site plans, aerial imagery, facility plans, system as-builts, existing standards, security governance and policies, existing vulnerability assessment, incident reports and crime/risk statistics. Triad Consulting will use the best available site documentation loaded onto PlanGrid application software for use during the assessments task.

Triad Consulting will lead information gathering meeting with strategic stakeholder groups to learn of security issues, perceived current security posture, needed requirements for security systems, operational interface and support of security systems. Triad Consulting suggests meetings with Public Works, City Management, IT, law enforcement/ public safety, and HR. We estimate a total of seven (7) meetings. These meetings will be coordinated through the City’s project management team and will be conducted at each departments convenience over the first 2-to-4 weeks of the project.

The security system assessments will be led by senior consultant Ray Bernard and senior systems engineer Dave Skusek and supported by technical services (Danny Lopez). We estimate that the assessment will take approximately a half-day per site and be conducted over a three-week span from weeks 3 to 5 of the project. They will conduct assessments with escort from the City to provide access and description of any history of incidents at the sites. During this timeframe Triad Consulting will conduct an ‘electronic security system workshop’ to discuss the City’s goals, requirements, and expansion plans for electronic security and discuss products and systems that are available with the attributes necessary to meet the City’s current and future requirements.

City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 19
Upon completion of the information gathering meetings and site security system assessments, Triad Consulting will hold an ‘assessment findings briefing’ with the City project stakeholders to discuss the City’s current security posture verse industry best practices. Estimated completion of Task 1 is 7 weeks and will take approximately 175 hours of effort.

Task 2 Analysis and Recommendations Development: Triad Consulting will begin this task with the development of physical, electronic, and operational security recommendations for each site to mitigate identified vulnerabilities and deficiencies to industry best practices. Rough order of magnitude (ROM) cost estimates will be developed for each recommendation to get an initial estimate of the overall capital improvement costs of the project. Triad Consulting will a) assist the City in selecting appropriate and cost-effective technology, products, and systems capable of longterm citywide deployment; b) summarize strengths and weaknesses with recommended corrective measures for each location assessed; c) recommend policies and procedures related to the use, maintenance, and management of security systems; d) create protocols for hiring and contracting for security related improvements that helps ensure that the appropriate level of professionalism and competence in maintained in installation and support of security products and systems.

Triad Consulting will conclude this task with a presentation to the City stakeholder group of strategic recommendations and ROM costs. This will inform the City of an initial estimated overall cost of a security system improvement program and lead discuss on initial prioritization of improvements.

Estimated completion of Task 2 is 5 weeks and will take approximately 159 hours of effort.

Task 3 Deliverables: Triad Consulting will develop the Security System Risk Assessment Report (SSRAR) that will detail the assessment methodology, findings, recommendations, ROM cost estimates, and prioritized phasing of implementation. Individual site assessment reports and recommended product/system standards will separate documents and included in the appendix of the SSRAR.

Triad Consulting will present the SSRAR in 60% and 90% stages and include a meeting to discuss contents at each of these stages. After receipt of City project stakeholder review comments, Triad Consulting will incorporate the comments into a final SSRAR report (100% submittal) and present material in briefings to City management as necessary. Estimated timing for Task 3 Deliverables is 9 weeks and will take approximately 258 hours of effort.

City of Cypress Triad Consulting & System Design Group
RFP – City Facility December 15, 2022
Security System Assessment Technical Proposal
pg. 20

APPENDIX
Triad Consulting has provided the following documents.
 Project Organization Chart
 Key Staff Resumes
Principal / Project Manager
Gregory Brandon
Proposed Project
Organization Chart
Site Assessments / Evaluation / Deliverables
Ray Bernard, PSP – Sr. Security Consultant
Dave Skusek, PSP – Sr. System Engineer
Quality Control
Mike Ulwelling, CPP
Project Subject Mater Support
Jeff Hutchison – Sr. Public Safety Consultant
Rodney Thayer – Convergence Consultant
Danny Lopez – Technical Services
GREGORY W. BRANDON – PRINCIPAL /PM

EDUCATION
 B.A., Communications
California State University, Fullerton, 1984

PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS
 ASIS International (formerly American
society for Industrial Security
 IAPAC (International Association of
Professional Security Consultants
 FBI InfraGard

AREAS OF EXPERTISE
Mr. Gregory Brandon has over 28 years in security
management, design and implementing large integrated
security projects. With a broad knowledge and hands on
experience in operational, electronic, and physical security, providing strategic oversite, consulting of technical systems and security management for critical infrastructure projects.

Mr. Brandon has developed expertise in the following areas:
 Strategic Team Building
 Client Relations/Scope Development
 System Design
 Project Management
 Quality Control/Assurance
 Security Management
 Assessments

 Planning
 Operations

REPRESENTATIVE EXPERIENCE
Mr. Brandon is one of the founders of Triad Consulting & System Design Group, LLC and has been a security
management Principal for over 15 years. Prior to that, Mr.

Brandon worked for well-respected security integrator while developing strong relationships with manufacturers and
developing industry knowledge and experience with access control, video surveillance, intrusion, paging , emergency phones, fire/life-safety and audio/visual systems. He has expertise in threat mitigation measures for critical
infrastructure sectors including but not limited to,
transportation, commercial airports, seaports, roadways, bridges, municipalities, energy, chemical, universities, healthcare, water and wastewater, high-tech manufacturing facilities, and corporate headquarters.

SELECTED PROJECT EXPEREINCE
Principal
University of California at Irvine, Campus-Wide Security Master Plan—Irvine, CA
City of Los Angeles, CA – Assessment of DGS Facilities
Metropolitan Water District of Southern California,
Multiple Projects, Los Angeles, CA
San Diego County Regional Airport Authority (SDRAA),
Technology and Security Upgrade Projects—San
Diego, CA
Port of Houston Authority, Port-Wide Security
Enhancement – Houston, TX
City of Manhattan Beach, CA - City-wide Video
Surveillance Assessment and Design
Gregory W. Brandon
Principal/PM
Principal
Los Angeles Trade Technical College, Campus-Wide Security Enhancements, Los Angeles, CA
Delaware River Port Authority, Core Assessment and Electronic Security System Design –Camden, NJ
Kinder Morgan Energy, Multiple Port Facility Security Plans – Nationwide City of Palmdale, Assessment and Video Surveillance Evaluation – Palmdale, CA New York City DOT/US Army Core of Engineers, East River Bridges, Security Design Services – New York, NY
Georgia Ports Authority, Multiple Facility Security Plans – Savannah, GA San Diego Metropolitan Transit System, Multiple Video Surveillance Projects – San Diego, CA
University of Southern California, Access Control & CCTV Expansion Program – Los Angeles, CA
Massachusetts Bay Transit Authority, System Wide Secure Stations – Boston, MA City of Los Angeles, Security System Upgrade Program – Los Angeles, CA New York Power Authority, Assessments and CIP Compliance – White Plains, NY University of California, Irvine, Multiple Security Planning and Design Projects – Irvine, CA
Torrance Transit, Regional Transit Center Security Design – Torrance, CA Alpert Jewish Community Center, Video Surveillance Upgrades – Long Beach, CA City of Albuquerque, Department of Transportation, Security Assessments and Electronic Security Enhancements Conceptual Design – Albuquerque, NM Los Angeles County Public Branch Library, Low-Voltage Design – Stevenson Ranch, CA; Hacienda Heights, CA; Rowland Heights, CA
City of Beverly Hills, Assessment and Security Enhancement Project Port of Long Beach, Physical Security Management Platform Evaluation – Long Beach, CA
County of Riverside Health Department – Electronic Security Expansion Mission Rock Mixed-Use Development, Electronic Security Design – San Francisco, CA
Port of Los Angeles, On-Call Security – Los Angeles, CA Cal State University Fullerton, Campus-Wide Fire Alarm Design – Fullerton, CA

EDUCATION

RAY BERNARD, SENIOR SECURITY

CONSULTANT
• Liberal Arts Course Material, Honors College
Wayne State University, Detroit, MI
• Auto Body Surface Development Curriculum
Rankin School of Automotive Design
• Course Material, College of Engineering & Science
University of Detroit, Detroit, MI
• Course Material, Engineering & Computer Science
Oakland University, Rochester, MI

PROFESSIONALREGISTRATIONS /

CERTIFICATIONS
• Physical Security Professional (PSP) 2005-2015,
ASIS International (Certificate #9847)

PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS
• ASIS International (formerly American Society for
Industrial Security)
• Security Industry Association (SIA)

AREAS OF EXPERTISE
Ray Bernard has over 30 years of experience in physical security assessment, security program design and development, and security technology design and deployment.

Security’s job is to reduce security risks to acceptable levels, at an acceptable cost. Risk assessments enable risk treatment planning to design an optimal balance of people, process and technology security measures in the context of the organization’s objectives and resources.

Mr. Bernard has focused on facility physical security assessments, security program design and implementation, and technology deployments for on-premises and cloudbased systems for physical access control, security video surveillance, intrusion and perimeter detection alarm systems, intercoms, emergency notification, command center/SOC design and deployment.

Mr. Bernard closely considers the factors of exponential technology advancement; Proptech trends; the increasing incorporation of AI-based intelligence in physical security systems and devices; system and device compatibility,
scalability and manageability; and IT and security industry standards. These factors determine the extent of reuse of existing security technology infrastructure, as well as the current and future total cost of ownership (TCO) of the physical security technology infrastructure.

SELECTED PROJECT EXPEREINCE
Risk Assessment, Technology Design and
Deployment Oversight
 Risk Assessment and Security Master Plan,
San Diego Data Processing Center (SDDPC),
San Diego, CA
 Public Areas Risk Assessment and Technology Upgrade Design, Hartsfield–Jackson Atlanta International Airport, City of Atlanta,
GA
 Security Technology Evaluation and Upgrade
Recommendations for city buildings to prepare for the then-upcoming Winter Olympics, City of Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada
 Physical Security Technology Evaluation and
Recommendations, Santa Clara County
Sheriff’s Department, San Jose, CA
 Site Physical Security Risk Assessment and
Technology Conceptual Design, Burbank–
Glendale–Pasadena Airport Authority,
Burbank, CA
 Six-County California Aqueduct Physical Security Risk Assessment and Security Technology Design, Metropolitan Water District of Southern California.
 Physical Security Risk Assessment, Veteran’s
Stadium, Philadelphia, PA
 Project Risk Manager, Y2K Physical Security System and Core Network Upgrades, JFK, EWR, LGA Airports, Port Authority of
New York and New Jersey, New York, NY

EDUCATION
DAVID A. SKUSEK, PSP

SENIOR SYSTEMS ENGINEER
 A.A., Electronics Engineering-Communications,
1 st Class FCC License,
Milwaukee Area Technical College, 1980
 A.A., Electronics, Radio & Television
Program, Milwaukee Area Technical
College, 1978
 Engineering, Computer Sciences,
University of Wisconsin, 2 years, 1976

PROFESSIONALREGISTRATIONS /

CERTIFICATIONS
 Physical Security Professional (PSP)
ASIS International, 2012

AREAS OF EXPERTISE
 Vulnerability Assessments
 New and Existing Technology Evaluations/Audits
 System Design and Engineering for the following:
o Electronic Access Control Systems
o Video Surveillance Systems – cameras,
management software, storage, displays
o Perimeter and Intrusion Detection Systems
o Intercom Systems
o Technology Infrastructure – copper, fiber, wired
and wireless networks
o Low Voltage Systems – communications,
audio/visual, M/C/SATV, fire alarm
 Needs/Gap Analysis – Security, Infrastructure
 Cost Estimating
 Bid Drawing and Specification Packages
 Peer and Constructability Review
 Construction Administration and Integrated System
Commissioning

REPRESENTATIVE EXPERIENCE
Since 1981, Mr. Skusek has worked in the Automation and Security industry providing professional services for all types of cliental including Municipal, Transportation, Education, Healthcare, Aviation, Water/Wastewater, and Hospitality providing engineering for Video Surveillance, Access Control, Perimeter and Intrusion Alarm, Fire Alarm, Communications and Infrastructure systems. With a strong focus on technology, Mr.

Skusek has developed and provided innovative strategies to meet client needs.

SELECTED PROJECT EXPEREINCE

MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT
City of Orange, Access Control Design for 9 Buildings; Alarm replacement 23 buildings – Orange, CA (2019-2021)
 Needs Analysis, Design, Bid Support
 Drawings, Specifications, Cost Estimates
City of Portland, City-wide Unified Security Platform RFI– Portland, OR (2018)
 Development of Unified Security Platform technical
specifications
 Assist City in Review of RFI Responses
City of Temecula, City-wide Video Surveillance Project– Temecula, CA (2017-2018)
 Video Surveillance System
 Field Surveys, System Design
City of Los Angeles, Channel 35 Studios, Electronic Security Systems Design – Los Angeles, CA (2014-2018)
 Alarm, Access Control, Video Surveillance
 Drawings, Technical Specifications, Cost Estimates
 Basis of Design, SD, DD CD, Bid Assist,
Construction Administration
DAVID A. SKUSEK, PSP – SENIOR SYSTEMS ENGINEER
Los Angeles County, Stevenson Ranch, Hacienda Heights,
and Rowland Heights County Library Security, Technology Infrastructure Design – Los Angeles County, CA (2014-2015)  Alarm, Access Control, Video Surveillance,
Intercom, Audio/Visual, Data Infrastructure,
Wireless Networks, SATV/CATV
 Drawings, Technical Specifications, Cost Estimates
 50% and 100% CD, Construction Administration
Los Angeles County Probation Department, Challenger,
Nidorf, Central Juvenile Detention Centers, Security
Enhancement Projects – Lancaster, Sylmar, Los Angeles; CA (2010-2012)
 Alarm, Access Control, Video Surveillance, Intercom
 Assessment of Four Juvenile Detention Centers,
Needs Analysis, Fiber Audit, Drawings, Technical
Specifications, Cost Estimates
 Feasibility, SD, DD,CD, Bid Assist, Record Drawings
City of Los Angeles Police Department, Security Systems Design for Rampart, Hollenbeck, and Harbor Stations – Los Angeles, CA (2004-2009)
 Alarm, Access Control, Video Surveillance,
Intercom
 Drawings, Technical Specifications, Cost Estimates
 SD, DD, CD, Bid Assist, Construction
Administration Phases
City of Los Angeles Department of General Services, Wide Area Integrated Security System – Los Angeles, CA (2000- 2006)
 Integrated electronic security system design for 13
City owned buildings
 Alarm, Access Control, Video Surveillance,
Intercom, WAN
 Assessments of Thirteen Buildings, Technology
Evaluations, Drawings, Technical Specifications,
Cost Estimates

WATER/WASTEWATER
Las Virgenes Municipal Water District – Calabasas, CA
(2020)
 Site physical security assessments of storage tanks
 Recommendations and ROM costs
Metropolitan Water District, Headquarters Security
Upgrade – Los Angeles, CA (2018-2022)
 Access Control, Alarm, Video Surveillance
 Design Criteria, Drawings, Technical
 Feasibility and Conceptual Design, Bid Documents,
Bid Assist, Construction Administration
Placer County Water Agency, Pilot Project – Auburn, CA
(2018-2021)
 Access Control, Alarm, Video Surveillance
 Design Criteria, Drawings, Technical
 Feasibility and Conceptual Design, Bid Documents,
Bid Assist, Construction Administration
Placer County Water Agency, Security Master Plan – Auburn, CA (2016-2017)
 Site Assessments
 Electronic Security Systems Subject Matter Expert
 Electronic Security Systems Recommendations and
Cost Estimates
Santa Clara Valley Water District, Security System Design – San Jose, CA (2009-2012)
 Alarm, Access Control, Video Surveillance,
Intercom, Physical Security
 Planning Study Report, Drawings, Technical
Specifications, Cost Estimates
 Feasibility, 30%, 60%, 90% and 100% Construction
Documents, Bid Assist, Construction
Administration

EDUCATION
University of California, Irvine, Access Control Replacement and Expansion – Irvine, CA (2019-2022)
 Upgrade JCI p2000 Access Control System to Software
House C•Cure 9000
 Access Control and Monitoring for all perimeter doors  Design Criteria, Drawings, Technical
 Feasibility and Conceptual Design, Bid Documents,
Bid Assist, Construction Administration
Eugene School District 4J, Video Surveillance System
Consulting – Eugene, OR (2019-2020)
 Peer Review Video Surveillance System (VSS)
Proposal Documents
 Evaluate VSS Proposals
 Field Survey VSS Installation for Conformance to
Bid Documents and Best Practices
University of California, Irvine, Campus-wide Lockdown and Video Surveillance – Irvine, CA (2018-2019)
 Asses all buildings for current lockdown capability
 Identify requirements to add lockdown capability
where required
 Asses existing video surveillance capabilities and
identify additional surveillance requirements
 Coordinate with Campus Police Department to identify
priorities for lockdown and surveillance
 Provide phasing plan and ROM cost estimate for each
phase
University of California, Irvine, Emergency Phone Upgrade – Irvine, CA (2018-2019)
 Upgrade custom E-Phones to standard tower and wall
mount configuration with blue light E-Phones
 Design Criteria, Drawings, Technical
 Feasibility and Conceptual Design, Bid Documents,
Bid Assist, Construction Administration
University of California, Irvine, Video Management System (VMS) Infrastructure Upgrade – Irvine, CA (2017-2020)
 Asses existing system server and storage infrastructure  Write Scope of Work to upgrade to a Storage Area
DAVID A. SKUSEK, PSP – SENIOR SYSTEMS ENGINEER
Network (SAN) Infrastructure
 Evaluate Integrator Proposal and make
Recommendations
 Provide oversight for upgrade
University of California, Irvine, Campus-wide Alarm Panel Replacement – Irvine, CA (2017-2020)
 Alarm
 Design Criteria, Drawings, Technical
 Feasibility and Conceptual Design, Bid Documents,
Bid Assist, Construction Administration
University of California, Child Care Centers (5 locations), Security System Design – Irvine, CA (2017-2018)
 Alarm, Access Control, Video Surveillance
 Design Criteria, Drawings, Technical
 Feasibility, 50% and 100% CD, Bid Assist,
Construction Administration
University of California, Irvine, Police Dispatch Security Enhancement – Irvine, CA (2014-2015)
 Alarm, Access Control, Video Surveillance, Dispatch
Center
 Design Criteria, Drawings, Technical
 Feasibility, 50% and 100% CD, Bid Assist,
Construction Administration
University of California, Irvine, Security Master Plan – Irvine CA (2014-2015)
 Assessment Team Electronic Security Systems Expert
 Assessments, System Recommendations Cost
Estimations
University of California, Irvine, Video Surveillance Design for multiple Research Facilities – Irvine, CA (2012 - 2013)  Video Surveillance
 Drawings, Technical Specifications, Cost Estates
 50% and 100% CD, Bid Assist, Construction
Administration
California State University Fullerton, Cobb Hall Fire Alarm Replacement—Fullerton, CA (2013-2014)
 Fire Alarm, Emergency Paging
 Phasing Plan, Drawings, Technical Specifications,
Cost Estimates
 Preliminary Design, 90% and 100% Construction
Documents
University of California, Irvine, Security Standards, and Guideline Specifications – Irvine, CA (2013)
 Electronic Security System Standards and
Guideline Specifications for new construction and
renovation projects
University of California, Irvine, Security Design
Administration Building – Irvine, CA (2011-2012)
 Video Surveillance, Alarm, Access Control
 Needs Analysis, Construction Documents,
Construction Administration
 Preliminary Design, CD, Construction
Administration Phases

TRANSPORTATION
Pierce Transit, Emergency Warning System (EWS) Upgrade – Tacoma, WA (2017-2018)
 Upgrade for existing EWS
 Design Criteria, Drawings, Technical
 Feasibility and Conceptual Design, Bid Documents
Albuquerque, Department of Transportation, Long-Range
Security Planning – Albuquerque, NM (2014)
 Alarm, Access Control, Video Surveillance,
Intercom
 Assessments of Facilities, Upgrade
Recommendations, Conceptual Design, Cost
Estimates
San Joaquin Regional Rail Commission, ACE Commuter Rail Station Video Surveillance – Stockton, Lathrop, Tracey, Livermore, Pleasanton, San Jose; CA (2009-2011)
 Video Surveillance
 Site Assessments, Plans, Technical Specifications,
Cost Estimates
 Preliminary Design, 35%, 65%, and 100%
Construction Documents, Bid Assist, Construction
Administration
San Diego Metropolitan Transit, 8-Station Video Surveillance Project – San Diego, CA (2009-2010)
 Video Surveillance, Infrastructure
 Site Assessments, Drawings, Technical Specifications, Cost Estimates
 Preliminary Design, 90% and 100% Construction
Documents, Bid Assist, Construction Administration
New York City Department of Transportation, Security Design for East River Bridges – New York, NY (2006-2010)
 Video Surveillance, Video Analytics, Alarm, Access
Control, WAN, Electronic Bollards
 Site Assessments, Technology Evaluations, Historical
Preservation, Design Criteria, Drawings, Technical
Specifications, Cost Estimations
 Preliminary Design, 30%, 60%, 90% and 100%
Construction Documents
Port Authority Transit Corporation, Security System Design for Subway/Commuter Rail Line – Philadelphia, PA / Camden, NJ (2008-2009)
 Alarm, Access Control, Video Surveillance, Intercom,
Emergency Call
 Site Surveys, Plans, Technical Specifications, Cost
Estimates
 Preliminary Designs, 35%, 65%, 90% and 100%
Construction Documents, Bid Assist, Construction
Administration

AIR/SEA PORTS
San Diego International Airport, Ground Transportation System DAVID A. SKUSEK, PSP – SENIOR SYSTEMS ENGINEER
Improvements – San Diego, CA (2013-2015)
 Commercial Vehicle Management System,
Automatic Vehicle Identification, Video Messaging,
Video Surveillance, Access Control
 Site Surveys, Design Criteria, Drawings, Technical
Specifications, Cost Estimates
 Preliminary Design, Construction Documents, Bid
Assist, Construction Administration Phases
Southern California Logistics Airport, Multiple Security Projects – Victorville, CA (2008-2015)
 Alarm, Access Control, Video Surveillance, Fiber
Infrastructure, LAN/WAN, Security Operations
Center, Network Operations Center, Perimeter
Fencing, AOA Secure Vehicle Portals
 Site Surveys, Design Criteria, Drawings, Technical
Specifications, Cost Estimates
 Preliminary Design, 30%, 95%, 100%
Construction Documents, Bid Assist, Construction
Administration Phases
John Wayne Airport, Security System Upgrades – Santa
Ana, CA (2000-2009)
 Alarm, Access Control, Video Surveillance,
Intercom, Fiber Optic Network, Emergency Phone
 Audit Existing Systems, Needs Analysis,
Drawings, Technical Specifications, Cost
Estimates
 Preliminary Design, Construction Documents, Bid
Assist, Construction Administration Phases
Ontario International Airport, Security System Design – Ontario, CA (1997-2004)
 Alarm, Access Control, Video Surveillance,
Intercom, Fiber Optic Network
 Site Surveys, Technology Evaluation, Design
Criteria, Drawings, Technical Specifications, Cost
Estimates
 Preliminary Design, SD, DD, CD, Bid Asist,
Construction Administration Phases

HEALTHCARE
Riverside University Health System Medical Center, Multiple Security Upgrade Projects – Moreno Valley, CA (2016- 2020)  Alarm, Access Control, Video Surveillance,
Intercom, Emergency Call
 Assessment, Basis of Design, Drawings, Technical
Specifications
 Draft and Final Construction Document Packages
Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Security Upgrade Project – West Roxbury, MA (2014- 2016)
 Alarm, Access Control, Video Surveillance,
Intercom, Emergency Call
 Basis of Design, Drawings, Technical Specifications
 Feasibility, 30%, 60%, 90% and 100% Phases
Kaiser Permanente, Regional Security Master Plan Phase 2 – West Los Angeles – (2011)
 Security System Audits
 Survey of West Los Angeles Medical Center and Eight
Medical Office Buildings, Non-Conformance
Narratives, Drawings, Cost Estimates
UCLA Ronald Reagan Medical Center, Security System Design – Westwood, CA (2002-2009)
 Alarm, Access Control, Video Surveillance, Intercom,
Infant Abduction
 Design Criteria, Technology Evaluations, Drawings,
Technical Specifications, Cost Estimates
 SD, DD, CD, Bid Assist, Construction Administration
Phases

HOSPITALITY/ENTERTAINMENT/RESIDENTIAL
Mission Rock Multi-building, Mixed-Use Development – San Francisco, CA (2021-present)
 Video Surveillance, Alarm, Access Control,
Intercommunications, Data Infrastructure
 Provide Design Guidelines & Technology Selection
 Drawings and Technical Specifications
San Francisco Hilton Financial District – San Francisco, CA (2020)
 Video Surveillance Assessment
 Recommendations and ROM costs
Las Vegas Convention Center Expansion – West Hall Addition – Las Vegas, NV (2019-2020))
 Security Systems Constructability Review
TCF Center (formerly Cobo Center), Video Surveillance
System (VSS) Assessment and Peer Review – Detroit, MI
(2016-2018)
 Asses existing VSS and recommend upgrades and
programming modifications
 Provide Design Guidelines
 Peer review and Recommendations for Construction
Projects
Hyatt SFO, Data Infrastructure – San Francisco, CA (2015)  Data Infrastructure
 Design Criteria, Drawings, Technical
 Feasibility and Conceptual design, Specifications
Universal CityWalk, Site Security – Universal City, CA (1993- 2001)
 Video Surveillance for venue and parking
 Design Criteria, Technical
 Feasibility and Conceptual Design, Bid Documents

JEFFERY HUTCHISON, SENIOR

PUBLIC SAFETY CONSULTANT

EDUCATION
 B.A., Criminal Justice, National University, Summa
Cum Laude
 A.A., Criminal Justice – Pre-Law, Miramar College,
Summa Cum Laude Management
 WACUBO Executive Leadership and
Management Institute (ELMI)
 Peace Officer Standards and Training
(POST) Management Course
 Sherman Block Supervisory Leadership
Institute
 FBI National Academy (182nd Session)
 Special Weapons and Tactics (SWAT)

CERTIFICATIONS
 POST Management Course
 POST Supervisory Certificate
 POST Advanced Certificate
 POST Intermediate Certificate
 POST Basic Certificate
 NIMS ICS-100, ICS-200, ISC-300, ISC-400, ISC700, and ISC-800

AREAS OF EXPERTISE
 University Law Enforcement and Public Safety
 Police Operations
 Internal Affairs Investigations
 Threat Assessment
 Special Events Planning
 Campus Violence Threat Management
 Crowd Management / Control
 Protection of Public Officials
 Bicycle Patrol Operations

REPRESENTATIVE EXPERIENCE
Mr. Hutchison has 34 years of law enforcement
experience, including 30 years with the University of
California San Diego and Irvine campuses. For the last
eleven years Mr. Hutchison has worked as the Assistant
Chief of Police for the UC Irvine Police Department
where he served ten months as the Interim Chief of Police on two separate occasions (2005 and 2015). Mr.

Hutchison joined the security management consulting
group of Triad Consulting in 2018.

SELECTED EXPEREINCE
Interim Chief of Police – University of California, Irvine Police Department, Irvine, CA (2005 and 2015)
Led the UC Irvine Police Department as its interim chief law enforcement officer. UC Irvine has more than 40,000 students, staff, and faculty members on two separate
campuses – UC Irvine and UC Irvine Medical Center.

Responsible for public safety and quality of life issues.

Work closely with all local, state and federal law
enforcement agencies and University administrators.

Assistant Chief of Police – University of California,
Irvine Police Department, Irvine, CA (2004 - 2017)
Oversaw the Patrol, Investigations and Administration
Divisions with 73 department employees, including 37
sworn police personnel. Helped develop several
proactive community policing, community safety and
victim advocacy programs including the Consultation
Team (Behavioral Intervention Team), UCPD CARES
(Campus Assault and Resources), Zone policing, Crime
Prevention, Bicycle Patrol, Bicycle Enforcement and
Education (B.E.E.P.), Workplace Violence and Active
Shooter, Child Care Security Enhancement project,
Suicide Education and Prevention program, and the
University Security Enhancements project.

JEFFERY HUTCHISON – SENIOR PUBLIC SAFETY CONSULTANT
Police Lieutenant – University of California, Irvine Police Department, Irvine, CA (2001 - 2004)
Managed 31 sworn and 15 administrative staff members of the Department’s Patrol and Administration Divisions
which were responsible for handling all public safety and quality of life issues. Responsible for all major security initiatives, department remodel projects, grant writing, policy manual revisions, threat assessments and threat
management issues, protection of public officials, special events, and crowd management. Worked closely with all
local, state and federal law enforcement agencies.

University of California, San Diego Police Department,
San Diego, CA (1986-1990)
Police Officer (SWAT) – San Diego Police Department,
San Diego, CA (1982 – 1986)
Triad Consulting Projects:

Lake Elsinore Unified School District, Lake Elsinore, CA, Senior Consultant – Security Assessment and Security
Master Plan (2022 – ongoing)
City of Palmdale, CA, Senior Consultant – Integrated
Security System Needs Analysis (2022)
RHP Properties, Nationwide, Program Manager – Video
Surveillance Design and Implementation (2021-2022)
Los Angeles County Metropolitan Transit, Senior
Consultant – Security Division Policies and Procedures
Development (2018-2019)
Tarrant Regional Water District, Ft. Worth TX, Senior
Consultant -Policies and Procedures Review (2018)
Oregon State University, Corvallis, OR, Senior Consultant - Public Safety Program Assessment (2018)
San Jacinto Unified School District, San Jacinto, CA,
Senior Consultant – Security Assessment and Security
Master Plan (2018)
1 | P a g e
RODNEY THAYER – Senior Convergence Consultant
Capabilities Summary - Cyber Defense & Network Security Rodney Thayer has over 30 years of experience in software development with extensive experience in embedded systems, network protocols, and cryptography.

As a cyber-defense practitioner, he currently focuses on:
• network defense infrastructure design, deployment, and validation • physical security network infrastructure integration and deployment • advanced credentialing systems
• converged logical/physical security environments
Recent Projects
• participated in deployment of new security systems (door locks, badging) at an international airport
• participated in deployment of new perimeter security equipment at a power substation in the Chicago electric grid
• participated in cyber defense infrastructure refresh at a major research facility • evaluation and prototype development of FIPS 201 (US Government smartcard credentials) solution with various vendors selling to the federal government • assist in integration and deployment of a multi-site multi-country perimeter video security systems for a Fortune 500 company
• design peer review of Los Angeles Metro EOC network infrastructure • RRA municipal water sector cyber security assessments for the cities of Sherwood, OR; Tualatin, OR; Woodburn, OR; Seaside, OR; Port Angeles, WA; Superior, CO; Chino Hills, CA Technical experience in Network Security Roles
• use of encrypted protocols - TLS/SSL, IPSec/VPN, Digital certificates, credentialing technologies
• developed and delivered VOIP security training for Black Hat • evaluated network security and other products for product reviews, private and public (Network World, other pubs)
• delivery of network deployment and security training (Black Hat, ASIS, ISC West, NetworldInterop, various other conferences) • performed security reviews for enterprise and public sector installations • consultant - NASA, Federal Reserve, SFO Airport, PG&E, Exelon Energy • security researcher - Google Security Hall of Fame, work with various vendors on identifying vulnerabilities and responsibly disclosing findings
Rodney Thayer – Senior Convergence
Consultant
2 | P a g e
Active Technical Projects (Research)
• digital certificates and PKI vulnerabilities
• unauthenticated control protocols in physical security systems and other equipment • development of diagnostic techniques to identify and repair vulnerabilities in deployed networks
• use of standards-based solutions for network-attached physical security systems Typical Engagements
• Planning, prototyping, and technical evaluations
• exercising network defense infrastructure through adversary simulation • systems integration and staging of advanced (smartcard, PKI, FIPS 201) credentialing • training in cyber security for network and physical security practitioners Background
• decades of experience with network protocols in various roles including specification, standardization, implementation, deployment, troubleshooting, and attack/defense research. • familiarity with development and execution of network security evaluations • experience with network security scanning tools and interpreting their results • available to evaluate network infrastructure for security issues as well as recommending and helping implement solutions

EDUCATION

DANNY LOPEZ

SYSTEMS DESIGNER / TECHNICAL SERVICES
 A.A. Computer Aided Drafting and Design (CADD)
– ITT Technical Institute

PROFESSIONALREGISTRATIONS /

CERTIFICATIONS
 Infrastructure Protection Certification –
TEEX
 Security Center Design Certification -
Genetec

AREAS OF EXPERTISE
 Software – AutoCAD Design Suite, Revit, Bluebeam,
ArcGIS
 Field Surveys and Needs Analysis
 Security System Audits
 System Design for the following:
o Video Surveillance Systems – cameras,
management software, storage, displays
o Electronic Access Control Systems
o Perimeter and Intrusion Detection Systems
o Intercom Systems
o Emergency Phone

REPRESENTATIVE EXPERIENCE
Danny Lopez has over a decade of experience in providing system design and computer aided drafting support in the AEC industry. Danny has system design experience with
alarm, access control, video surveillance, intercom, and emergency phone. Danny has provided the Triad Consulting team with considerable field support including security assessments, pre-design needs analysis and existing system audits for the creation of as-built documentation. Danny has an Associate’s Degree in Computer Drafting and Design
from ITT and has experience with AutoCAD, Revit,
Bluebeam, and ArcGIS software packages. Danny has
worked with the Triad Consulting team since 2008 and holds several design certifications for electronic security systems.

SELECTED PROJECT EXPEREINCE

MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT
City of Palmdale, Citywide Integrated Security Solutions – Palmdale, CA (2022)
 Field Surveys
 Electronic Security (Access Control, Alarm, Video
Surveillance) Schematic Design
City of Temecula, Citywide Video Surveillance – Temecula, CA (2017)
 Field Surveys
 Video System Design
 Drawing Development and Production
Town of Yucca Valley, Paradise Park Video Surveillance – Yucca Valley, CA (2018)
 Field Surveys
 Video System Design
 Drawing Development and Production
DANNY LOPEZ – SYSTEMS DESIGNER / TECHNICAL SERVICES
Los Angeles County, Stevenson Ranch, Hacienda Heights,
and Rowland Heights County Library Security, Technology Infrastructure Design – Los Angeles County, CA (2014-2015)  Field Surveys
 Video System Design
 Drawing Development and Production

WATER/WASTEWATER
City of Thousand Oaks – Electronic Security Design Hill Canyon WWTP – Thousand Oaks, CA (2022)
 Field Surveys
 Electronic Security Design (Access Control, Alarm,
Video Surveillance)
 Construction Administration
Placer County Water Agency, Pilot Project electronic
security design at seven facilities, Auburn, CA (2018-2021)  Field Surveys
 Electronic Security Design (Access Control, Alarm,
Video Surveillance)
 Drawing Development and Production
Santa Clara Valley Water District, Security System Design – San Jose, CA (2009-2012)
 Electronic Security Design (Access Control, Alarm,
Video Surveillance)
 Drawing Development and Production

EDUCATIONAL
University of California, Irvine, Crawford Hall Athletic Complex – Irvine, CA (2022-present)
 Field Surveys
 Electronic Security Design (Access Control, Alarm,
Video Surveillance)
University of California, Irvine, Beckman Laser Institute – Irvine, CA (2022-present)
 Field Surveys
 Electronic Security Design (Access Control, Alarm,
Video Surveillance)
University of California, Irvine, Campus Wide Emergency Phone Upgrade – Irvine, CA (2018-2019)
 Field Surveys
 Drawing Development and Production
University of California, Irvine, Electronic Security Art Museum – Laguna Beach, CA (2016)
 Electronic Security Design (Access Control, Alarm,
Video Surveillance)
 Drawing Development and Production
University of California, Irvine, Electronic Security Child Care Facilities – Irvine, CA (2016)
 Electronic Security Design (Access Control, Alarm,
Video Surveillance)
 Drawing Development and Production
University of California, Irvine, Security Master Plan – Irvine, CA (2014-2015)
 Security Assessments
University of California, Irvine, Student Center Access Control upgrade – Irvine, CA (2017-2018)
 Security Assessments
 Electronic Security Design (Access Control)
 Drawing Development and production
University of California, Irvine, Campus-wide Alarm Panel Replacement – Irvine, CA (2017-2018)
 Security Assessments
 Electronic Security Design (Access Control)
 Drawing Development and production

HEALTHCARE
Riverside University Health System (RUHS) Medical Center, Nason Street Entrance Security Upgrade Project – Moreno Valley, CA (2016-2017)
 Video Surveillance System Design
 Drawing Development and Production
Riverside University Health System (RUHS) Corona Medical Office Building, Electronic Security Design Project – Corona, CA (2016-2017)
 Video Surveillance System Design
 Drawing Development and Production
Riverside University Health System (RUHS) Moreno Valley Medical Office Building, Electronic Security Design Project – Moreno Valley, CA (2016-2017)
 Video Surveillance System Design
 Drawing Development and Production
Riverside University Health System (RUHS) Mission Grove Medical Office Building, Electronic Security Design Project – Riverside, CA (2016-2017)
 Video Surveillance System Design
 Drawing Development and Production
Riverside University Health System (RUHS) Cactus Clinic Medical Office Building, Electronic Security Design Project – Moreno Valley, CA (2016-2017)
 Video Surveillance System Design
 Drawing Development and Production
Riverside University Health System (RUHS) Jurupa Valley Medical Office Building, Electronic Security Design Project – Jurupa Valley, CA (2016-2017)
 Video Surveillance System Design
 Drawing Development and Production
 System Testing and Verification
Riverside University Health System (RUHS) Behavioral Health, ITF, Electronic Security Design Project – Riverside, CA (2016- 2017)
 Field Surveys
DANNY LOPEZ – SYSTEMS DESIGNER / TECHNICAL SERVICES
 Video Surveillance System Design
 Drawing Development and Production
Veterans Affairs Hospital, Security Upgrade Project – West Roxbury, MA (2014- 2017)
 Electronic Security System Design Detail Creation
 CAD Production, 30%, 60%, 90% and 100% Phases

TRANSPORTATION
Albuquerque, Department of Transportation, Long-Range
Security Planning – Albuquerque, NM (2014)
 Electronic Security Design (Access Control, Alarm,
Video Surveillance)
 Drawing Development and Production
Torrance Transit, Regional Transit Center – Torrance, CA (2013-2017)
 Electronic Security Design (Access Control, Alarm,
Video Surveillance)
 Drawing Development and Production
San Joaquin Regional Rail Commission, ACE Commuter
Rail Station Video Surveillance – Stockton, Lathrop, Tracey, Livermore, Pleasanton, San Jose; CA (2009-2011)
 Electronic Security Design (Access Control, Alarm,
Video Surveillance)
 Drawing Development and Production
Orange County Transportation Authority, Four Bus
Operations and Maintenance Facilities Security Upgrade – Irvine, Anaheim, Garden Grove; CA (2009-2011)
 Electronic Security Design (Access Control, Alarm,
Video Surveillance)
 Drawing Development and Production

EDUCATION
MICHAEL J. ULWELLING, CPP
 B.S., Electrical Engineering
Marquette University, Milwaukee, WI
 M.B.A, Business Administration
Pepperdine University, Malibu, CA

PROFESSIONALREGISTRATIONS /

CERTIFICATIONS
 Certified Protection Professional (CPP),
ASIS International, 2006 (#11988)
 Certified Utilities Risk and Resilience, AWWA, 2019
 Factory Fire Alarm Design Certification, SimplexGrinnell

PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS
 ASIS International (formerly American Society for
Industrial Security)
 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

AREAS OF EXPERTISE
Mike Ulwelling with over 25 years of experience in the
security and alarm industries is a Physical Security and Fire Alarm professional who has broad experience
providing strategic oversight, consulting, and system
design to critical infrastructure entities and private industry in water, wastewater, transportation, education, healthcare, municipal government, energy, cultural, faith-based
organizations, hospitality, corporate, and industrial clients.

As Co-Founder and Managing Director of Triad
Consulting, Mr. Ulwelling provides critical oversight to the implementation of project management and quality
assurance programs.

Mr. Ulwelling has specialized in security assessments,
CPTED, design and consulting, project and program
management, construction support and implementation of
fire/ life-safety, video surveillance, access control,
intrusion and perimeter alarm systems, intercom,
emergency call systems.

Mr. Ulwelling is board certified in security management with the Certified Protection Professional (CPP) credential through ASIS International, attesting to his broad-based and expert knowledge of the security industry.

SELECTED PROJECT EXPEREINCE
Principal / Project Manager
 Security Master Plan, Tarrant County College
District, Fort Worth, TX
 Electronic Security Assessment, Yolo County
Dept. of Public Works, Woodland, CA
 Integrated Security Assessment and
Conceptual Design, City of Palmdale, CA
 Electronic Security Design Review, Lucid
Motors, Nation-wide
 Risk and Resilience Assessment, Foothill
Municipal Water District, La Canada –
Flintridge, CA
 Risk and Resilience Assessment, City of
Chino, CA Water Department
 Risk and Resilience Assessment, Crescenta
Valley Water District, La Crescenta, CA
 Risk and Resilience Assessment, Valley
Water Company, La Canada-Flintridge, CA
 Risk and Resilience Assessment, La Canada
Irrigation District, La Canada-Flintridge, CA
 Risk and Resilience Assessment, Los Flores
Water Company, Altadena, CA
 Risk and Resilience Assessment, Lincoln
Avenue Water Company, Altadena, CA
 Risk and Resilience Assessment, Rubio
Canyon Land and Water Association,
Altadena, CA
 Security Master Plan, Tarrant Regional Water
District, Ft. Worth, TX
 Security Assessment and Security Master
Plan, Las Virgenes Municipal Water District,
Calabasas, CA
 Risk and Resilience Assessment.

Massachusetts Water Resource Authority,
Boston, MA
 Security Assessments and Security Master
Plan, Placer County Water Agency, Auburn,
CA
 Security Assessment Water Treatment Plants,
Contra Costa Water District, Concord, CA
 VA Update 2013 and 2018, Metropolitan Water
District of Southern California, Los Angeles,
CA
 Security Master Plan, Canyon County, ID
 Security Master Plan, Jefferson County, CO
 Electronic Security Design, Veterans Affairs
Medical Center, West Roxbury, MA
 Security Master Plan, Albuquerque Department
of Transportation, Albuquerque, NM
 Public Safety Audit, Utah Transit Agency, Salt
Lake City, UT
 Security Assessment and Electronic Security
Design Southern California Logistics Airport,
Victorville, CA
 Security Master Plan and Policies and
Procedures Manual, King County Facilities
Management Division, Seattle, WA
 Security Assessment, Cobo Hall, Detroit, MI
 Public Safety Audit, Oregon State University,
Corvallis, OR
 Los Angeles Metro – ESOC Low-Voltage
Design Peer Review, Los Angeles, CA
Security Consultant
 Security Master Plan, City of Portland, OR
 Risk and Resilience Assessment, City of
Woodburn, OR
 Risk and Resilience Assessment, City of
Tualatin, OR
 Risk and Resilience Assessment, City of
Sherwood, OR
 Risk and Resilience Assessment, City of
Seaside, OR
 Video Management System Consulting,
Eugene School District 4J, Eugene, OR
 Security Assessments, University of
California, Irvine, CA
 Security Assessments, Metropolitan Transit
Authority of Harris County (Houston
Metro), Houston, TX
 Security Assessments, Johnson County
Wastewater Dept., Olathe, KS
 Security Assessments, University of Southern
California, Los Angeles, CA
 Security Assessments, South Orange County
Wastewater Authority, Dana Point, CA
 Security Assessments, Legal Aid Federation
of Los Angeles, CA
 Perimeter/Intrusion Alarm Design, Disneyland
/California Adventure, Anaheim, CA
Program Manager
 SANDAG/San Diego Metropolitan Transit
System, Task Based Security
 Port of Los Angeles, Security On-Call
 California Judicial Council, Task Based, Site
Security Surveys
Fire Alarm Consulting
 Cobb Residence Hall Fire Alarm Design,
California State University, Fullerton
 Fire Alarm Design, Los Angeles County
Fireman’s Museum, Bellflower, CA
 Fire Alarm Design, Los Angeles County Library,
Stevenson Ranch, CA
 Fire Alarm Design Disney/California
Adventure, Anaheim, CA
 Fire Alarm Design Facilities Management,
University California, Irvine
MICHAEL J. ULWELLING, CPP – QUALITY CONTROL
Nick Heywood PMP
Associate Vice President
707 Wilshire Boulevard
Suite 3850
Los Angeles, CA 90017
+1 510.250.6235
[email protected]
Request for Proposal
CITY OF CYPRESS –

CITY FACILITY SECURITY SYSTEM ASSESSMENT
December 2, 2022
Submitted to:

Nick Mangkalakiri, P.E.

City Engineer
City of Cypress
[email protected]
WE ARE YOUR GUIDEPOST.
guidepostsolutions.com
Guidepost Solutions LLC
707 Wilshire Boulevard
Suite 3850
Los Angeles, CA 90017
December 2, 2022
Nick Mangkalakiri, P.E.

City Engineer
City of Cypress, Public Works Department
5275 Orange Avenue
Cypress, CA 90630
[email protected]
RE: CITY OF CYPRESS PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT – CITY FACILITY SECURITY SYSTEM ASSESSMENT Dear Mr. Mangkalakiri,
Guidepost Solutions LLC (Guidepost) understands that the City of Cypress, Public Works Department (City) is requesting proposals from qualified firms to provide security system assessments for City and Park facilities. We are aware that the work includes providing assessment reports, developing a security system master plan, preparing implementation plans, and compiling estimated physical security upgrade costs for the recommended improvements resulting from the study. Our comprehensive security report will address the security risks and requirements of each site.

Guidepost also understands that the City has security cameras and card access readers at various facilities that were installed at different times, with different vendors, and as part of different projects. Through assessment, master planning, and strategic, forward-thinking recommendations, Guidepost can assist the City in standardized of systems, reducing the shortfalls associated with disparate systems. The Guidepost team has past project experience and subject matter expertise with systems including Maxxess access controls and Avigilon software and hardware.

Guidepost has built a reputation as a trusted partner, improving the security and safety of staff, residents, and visitors for numerous municipalities, cities, and counties across the US. We can assist the City with understanding the best way to address security infrastructure, while providing a solution that meets long-term system goals. We are a leading nationwide security and low voltage consulting firm, experienced with performing security assessments and design for both public and private sector clients.

We understand that there is a fine balance for security measures within a municipal organization, one that allows for the appropriate level of openness and accessibility to the buildings and public areas, while also providing protection for staff, visitors, and others through security technology, operations, and physical security. To achieve this balance, our team of industry certified professionals brings to this project the following:
▪ Proven Experience - Guidepost has worked on thousands of security assessments and planning project across the US over the past three decades. These run the spectrum from security master planning to security assessments, from policy and procedure development to systems design and engineering. ▪ Standards Development – Guidepost participates in the highest security standards development such as those administered by American Society for Industrial Security (ASIS) International including (but not limited to) Facilities Physical Security Measures (FPSM) and the Physical Asset Protection (PAP). ▪ Collaboration – Guidepost understands that communication and collaboration is the key to a successful security assessment and the development of a rigorous master plan. We will utilize various technologies and in-person meetings (if necessary) to engage and inform key City stakeholders throughout the project. ▪ Unbiased – Guidepost is product-agnostic, meaning that our approach, review, and recommendations will be solely based on the best interests of the City, rather than promoting any specific products or services. ▪ Timeliness – Guidepost has a demonstrated proven track record of meeting ambitious deadlines. As needed, we can call upon additional firm experts, including former senior law enforcement, security technology experts, threat and vulnerability assessors, security operations specialists, and experts in emergency management for municipalities and facilities. Our goal is to provide security consulting services and recommendations that are scalable, reliable, and will enable the City to standardize systems and advance its existing security posture.

We would like to acknowledge that we have registered on CIPList.com, as requested. We look forward to the opportunity of working with the City and helping to realizing the vision and objectives of this engagement.

Sincerely,
Nick Heywood PMP
Associate Vice President
+1 510.250.6235
[email protected]

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Firm Organization, Credentials + Background ..........1 Experience ............................................................6 Project Understanding, Methodolgy + Approach .... 14
Team Members ................................................... 17 Guidepost Solutions LLC 1

DIVIDER PAGE

FIRM ORGANIZATION,
CREDENTIALS +

BACKGROUND
Guidepost Solutions LLC 2

FIRM PROFILE
1000+
Security Assessments
10,000+
Security Projects Completed
75+
Municipalities Served
12 Years of Experience
16 Global Office Locations
200+
Professionals to Guide You
Guidepost is a global leader in monitoring, compliance, security technology, and risk management solutions. Guidepost specializes in helping municipalities, government agencies, and critical infrastructure solve problems, mitigate risks, and resolve disputes, among many other services. Our team includes former federal prosecutors from several United States Attorney’s Offices, former Special Agents of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, United States Secret Service, United States Department of Homeland Security, and others with proven backgrounds in the security, investigations, intelligence, law enforcement, and the public safety communities.

Our solutions protect lives, assets, and reputations, and our Security and Technology Consulting practice provides advice, selection, implementation, and oversight of physical security and life safety systems. Our security program reviews focus on security measures (both physical and behavioral), security technology, and operational policies and procedures, supported by a robust violence risk assessment process. Our team includes ASIS International certified security professionals (CPP®, PSP®, PCI®), security technology experts and project managers, threat assessors, forensic psychiatry and psychology resources, and emergency management experts. We have assisted on preparation for potential high-risk security events, active threat situations, and post-event investigations and mitigation for water projects and water-related clients.

Guidepost serves as a strategic partner for clients in municipalities across the country.

We have experience with, knowledge of, and follow all currently applicable federal, state, and local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations that may affect this project.

Our recommendations are completely objective, vendor-neutral, and structured to deliver solutions catered to meet the individual needs of each client.

Guidepost credentials and qualifications to perform the scope of work are represented by similar engagements with existing clients, including Cypress College, City of Los Angeles, City of Palm Springs, and Town of Westford. We have supported all our clients in developing a comprehensive understanding of their security programs from an operational, technological, and built environment perspective. We perform a comprehensive discovery process, supporting insight into existing security program operations and existing systems. Further collaboration and coordination with key stakeholders support an understanding of the needs of municipalities and their agencies from the end-user perspective. Our team evaluates security program needs and implement governance with the development of security systems standards, policy and procedures and design criteria.

Guidepost Solutions LLC 3

GUIDEPOST CHARACTERISTICS
“THE KEY TO THIS

PROJECT WAS TO

BRING GUIDEPOST IN

EARLY, SO THAT WE

COULD PROPERLY

PLAN AND EXECUTE

THE EXPANSION OF

OUR SECURITY

SYSTEMS TO

PROPERLY MONITOR

AND CONTROL

ACCESS TO MORE
THAN 20,000

TENANTS AND

VISITORS WHO ENTER

THE BUILDING EACH
DAY.”
Gary Michon
General Manager
Willis Tower
We have various attributes that help Guidepost stand out including:

Independent Firm: We are an independent, vendor-agnostic firm. While we do not hold partnerships with security technology companies, we are knowledgeable on physical security technologies, vendors, and integrators. Our focus is what works best for our clients, their operations, threat environment, and budget. We can also connect the firm with options for security manufacturers and integrators.

Working with Diverse Stakeholders: Guidepost is experienced in working with multiple departments, including Corporate Security, Corporate Real Estate, contractors, architects, engineers, law enforcement, owners, staff, and end-users. Prior to joining Guidepost, many of our practitioners worked in these areas and understand the challenges and competing priorities that can arise.

True Experts in our Field: In addition, a high percentage of our security experts are boardcertified through ASIS in security management, physical security, and investigations through the CPP®, PSP®, and PCI®. Guidepost actively requires its practitioners to participate in security training and educational programs. These trainings provide opportunities to share industry best practices and learn about challenges affecting security.

Reducing Workload and Ease of Service Delivery: Guidepost can reduce the workload by managing deliverables, ensuring deadlines are met, and providing dedicated expertise.

Once we gain an understanding of the operations, values, and priorities, we will apply our security expertise to ensure that the requirements are met. We can also provide recommendations for additional areas of support.

Comprehensive Scope of Services: In addition to the required scope of work, we can prepare requests for proposals (RFPs), identify vendors, respond to proposer questions, review proposals, and provide recommendations. This can save time and resources and ensure access to the most reputable firms and those with the best resources.

Additionally, we can provide construction administration services such as oversight and commissioning.

Guidepost Solutions LLC 4
AWARDS + RECOGNITION
We have built a reputation of producing unbiased, innovative consulting and design solutions. Guidepost has received numerous awards and recognition, including:
 ASIS International Award of Merit – 2017
 New York Law Journal, Private Investigation Firm — 2020  New York Law Journal, Corporate Investigation Provider — 2020, 2018, 2015  Global Investigations Review, GIR 100 Investigations Consultancies, 2020  Legal Times, HALL OF FAME Corporate Investigations Provider — 2019, 2018  Legal Times, Winner, Corporate Investigations Provider — 2019, 2018, 2015  Legal Times, Winner, Cyber Security Provider — 2019, 2018  Legal Times, Winner, Forensic Accounting Provider — 2019, 2018  Legal Times, Winner, Global Risk & Investigations Consultant — 2019  Corporate Counsel, Corporate Investigations Provider — 2018, 2017  Corporate Counsel, Forensic Accounting Provider — 2018, 2017  Corporate Counsel, Global Risk & Investigations Consultant — 2018  The National Law Journal, Forensic Accounting Provider — 2019, 2018  The National Law Journal, Corporate Investigations Provider — 2018  The National Law Journal, Global Risk & Investigations Consultant — 2018  The National Law Journal Midwest, Forensic Accounting Provider — 2018  CIO Review, 10 Most Promising Physical Security Technology Solution Providers — 2018  101 Second Street, San Francisco, California – AIA California Council Merit Award – 2001

STAFF CERTIFICATIONS
Guidepost employees maintain well-regarded credentials and certifications, including:
 Certified Anti-Money Laundering Specialist (CAMS)
 Certified Construction Contract Administrator (CCCA)
 Certified Healthcare Protection Administrator (CHPA)
 Certified Protection Professional (CPP)®
 Certified Technology Specialist - Design (CTS-D)
 Construction Documents Technologist (CDT)
 Homeland Security Certification Level III
 Licensed Private Investigator
 Professional Certified Investigator (PCI)®
 Project Management Professional (PMP)®
 Certified Business Continuity Professional (CBCP)
 Certified Fraud Examiner (CFE)®
 Certified Information Systems Security Professional
(CISSP)®
 Certified Public Accountant (CPA)
 Certified Technology Specialist (CTS)
 CPTED Professional Designation (CPD)
 LEED Accredited Professionals (LEED AP)
 Physical Security Professional (PSP)®
 Professional Engineer in more than 20 states
Guidepost Solutions LLC 5

PROPOSED PROJECT TEAM
Our team members are carefully selected for the proper mix of skills and experience that we view are necessary for the successful completion of each project. Highlights of our proposed staffing plan, including areas of responsibility, follow:
 Nick Heywood, PMP will serve as the Principal-in-Charge (PIC). He will oversee and monitor the overall timing and effective performance of the project. He will consult with the Project Manager on a weekly basis and will participate in the project regularly. He will help to coordinate resources and provide expertise and continuous review of the project’s progress and quality control.
 David Rickerson, PSP, CPP, PMP will serve as the Lead Project Manager. He will serve as the City’s main point of contact, responsible for the day-to-day conduct of the project team, and the timely delivery of assessment and deliverables. He will attend meetings and provide vision for all aspects of this engagement.  John Dummett and Jordan Hudson will serve as Subject Matter Experts. They will provide specialized security and safety expertise, and will assist in conducting assessments, evaluating risks and threats, and will participate in stakeholder interviews and other assignments as directed by the Lead Project Manager.

Guidepost Solutions LLC 6

DIVIDER PAGE

EXPERIENCE
Guidepost Solutions LLC 7

PUBLIC CLIENT LISTING
Guidepost has extensive experience performing physical security assessments and design services for our clients nationwide.

We have successfully teamed with municipal and government organizations to support them as they enhance their safety and security postures. Below is a listing of relevant clients for review. ▪ Butte County Courthouse
▪ California Dept of Corrections & Rehabilitation
▪ Capital Area Development Authority
▪ City of Dallas Police Department
▪ City of Dublin Public Services Building
▪ City of Hermosa Beach
▪ City of Lincoln
▪ City of Los Angeles
▪ City of Palm Springs
▪ City of Sacramento Department of Utilities
▪ City of San Francisco Police Department
▪ City of San Jose Police Department
▪ City of San Leandro Police Department
▪ City of University Park Police Station
▪ City of Winters Police-Fire Station
▪ Cook County Courthouses
▪ County of Alameda Board of Supervisors Chambers
▪ County of Alameda Emergency Operations
▪ County of Dallas Records Building
▪ County of Denton Courthouses
▪ County of Los Angeles Office of Education
▪ County of Merced Emergency Operations
▪ County of Merced Main Administration Building
▪ County of Riverside Regional Medical Center
▪ County of Sacramento
▪ County of San Bernardino
▪ County of San Diego Operations Center
▪ County of Santa Clara Family Justice Center
▪ Department of Veterans Affairs
▪ Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland
▪ Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas
▪ Federal Reserve Bank of New York
▪ Harris County Sheriff’s Annex
▪ Indio Family Law Courthouse
▪ King County Metro
▪ Lake County Courthouse
▪ Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory
▪ Los Angeles Police Department
Metro/Rampart
▪ Marin County Emergency Operations
▪ Napa Criminal Courthouse
▪ New York Metropolitan Transit Authority
▪ Northern State Correctional Facility
▪ Oklahoma City Police Department &
Courthouse
▪ Orange County Sanitation District
▪ Port of Long Beach Headquarters & Civic
Center
▪ Port of Oakland Domain Awareness Center
▪ Port of San Francisco Pier 27
▪ San Mateo County Youth Services
▪ Santa Clarita Sheriff’s Station
▪ Santa Rosa City Chambers
▪ Seacoast Utility Authority
▪ Snohomish County Courthouse
▪ State Compensation Insurance Fund
▪ Tehama County Courthouse
▪ US Navy Coastal Campus
▪ West County Re-Entry Treatment
▪ Whatcom County Public Services Building
▪ Utah Transit Authority
▪ Yuba City Courthouse
Guidepost Solutions LLC 8

CYPRESS COLLEGE - NORTH ORANGE COMMUNITY
COLLEGE DISTRICT | CYPRESS, CA
Guidepost was engaged to perform a campus-wide physical security assessment including technology systems, access control, video surveillance, intrusion, mass notification and visitor management. The intent of the assessment was to determine the existing physical security systems ability to evolve and meet future operational intent. Guidepost provided a detailed report identifying the capability of the existing systems functionality to enhance the campus physical security program. Systems integration was recommended to improve physical security alarm event monitoring providing the campus security office (CSO) with greater visibility and awareness of activity. Guidepost is currently engaged to provide video surveillance design build bridging documentation.

CLIENT REFERENCE
Alexander Porter
Vice President, Administrative Services
9200 Valley View Street
Cypress, CA 90630
[email protected]
714.484.7313
TEAM MEMBERS:

Nick Heywood, PMP
Guidepost Solutions LLC 9
TOWN OF WESTFORD – MUNICIPAL BUILDINGS AND
CITY SCHOOLS | LOS ANGELES, CA
Guidepost conducted a security risk assessment focused on physical site conditions, security technology, and extensive policies and procedures review for the Town of Westford municipal buildings, public schools, and the Nashoba Valley Technical High School. The assessment included a review of the existing security system and operational policies and procedures. The report captured in-depth interview data from key stakeholders, as well as photographs designed to illustrate key findings and recommendations, alongside security best practices for the client’s consideration.

CLIENT REFERENCE
Mark Chambers
Police Chief
Town of Westford
55 Main Street
Westford, MA 01886
978.399.2345
[email protected]
TEAM MEMBERS:

Nick Heywood, PMP
Guidepost Solutions LLC 10
CITY OF PALM SPRINGS | PALM SPRINGS, CA
Guidepost is providing security systems consulting and design services to enhance the safety and security of multiple City of Palm Springs buildings.

The buildings include City Hall, Police Department, City Yard and Fleet Building, and various Fire Stations. The project includes the upgrade of the existing access control system to a modern and more functional Enterprise system which will support the City moving forward. The new system will provide fully integrated City-wide access control and alarm monitoring on an easy to manage software platform.

CLIENT REFERENCE
Francisco J. Jaime, P.E.

Associate Civil Engineer
City of Palm Springs
3200 E Tahquitz Canyon Way
Palm Springs, CA 92262
[email protected]
760.323.8253 Ext 8750
TEAM MEMBERS:

Nick Heywood, PMP
David Rickerson, PSP, CPP, PMP
Guidepost Solutions LLC 11

ADDITIONAL PROJECT EXPERIENCE
COOK COUNTY | COOK COUNTY, IL
Cook County, the second-most- populous county in the United States, originally engaged Guidepost to provide a full spectrum threat assessment, site-specific hardening recommendations, and designs for 10 county courthouse buildings’ (CCBs)
entrances as part of the County’s Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) through a DHS funded grant program, the Urban Areas Security Initiative (UASI). Guidepost prepared a transfer package, which included site and building plans and pertinent interior elevations, calculated rough order of magnitude (ROM) cost estimates for each entrance, and instructions for the Architect of Record. We continue to provide support during implementation and during the courthouse reactivation amid the COVID-19 pandemic.

AARP | WASHINGTON D.C.

Guidepost conducted a security assessment for AARP’s
headquarters in Washington, D.C., developing a Basis of Design and Security Master Plan for the organization to be implemented over the facility’s multi-year rolling renovation project. Upon completion, Guidepost was further engaged to provide full design, tender, and construction administration services for the security systems, and development of Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and Post Orders for newly implemented security
measures and posts.

ALZHEIMER'S ASSOCIATION | CHICAGO, IL
The Alzheimer’s Association engaged Guidepost to perform a security risk assessment across selected chapter offices and Walk to End Alzheimer event sites. Guidepost served as a partner for the organization providing key insight on identified physical security risks and gaps in emergency response procedures.

Guidepost developed practical solutions to address
vulnerabilities, that considered implementation cost/benefits for alternative solutions and enable a roadmap to move from the current state to the future state. Guidepost specifically provided recommendations on the background check process for staff and volunteers and recommendations for safety and security training and awareness initiatives.

Guidepost Solutions LLC 12

CORPORATE CENTER PASADENA - SECURITY
ASSESSMENT | PASADENA, CA
Guidepost is providing physical security consulting and assessment services for Corporate Center Pasadena. The
security assessment process utilized site security surveys and interviews to evaluate the security program, including architecture, technology, and operations. The resulting master plan details the gap analysis for the security program security operations, administration, command and control, policies, and procedures, reporting and audits, infrastructure,
communications, and electronic security from the current state to the desired future state. Guidepost combines long-term
operational considerations with electronic security design considerations to ensure that the enhanced security program functions effectively and is sustainable in real-world deployment.

CITY OF OXNARD WATER DIVISION | OXNARD,
CA
Guidepost is providing security risk assessment consulting services as well as electronic security systems and security barriers consulting and design services for the City of Oxnard Water Division. Guidepost is working closely with multiple City stakeholders to provide a comprehensive security design and implementation plan to enhance the Water Division’s security program. The security risk assessment provides data-driven threat and vulnerability risk analysis to guide the plan. Our design translates the recommended countermeasures to actionable design drawings and specifications for contractor bid and installation.

LAWA INTERMODEL TRANSPORTATION
FACILITY WEST | LOS ANGELES, CA
Guidepost conducted a threat and vulnerability assessment (TVA) for Los Angeles World Airports. The TVA included providing security operations and technology consulting and protective design services for the new transportation facility providing connection to light rail “Automated People Mover” planned as part of LAX’s overall Landside Access Modernization Program (LAMP). A progressive design-build project, Intermodal
Transpiration Facility–West (ITFW) integrates parking facilities together with bus terminals, passenger services, and secure airport operations space.

Guidepost Solutions LLC 13
VICTORY PARK | DALLAS, TX
Hillwood Development selected Guidepost to conduct a
comprehensive threat, vulnerability, and risk assessment for Victory Park. The team identified the risks associated with the placement of such an iconic development adjacent to some of the historically highest crime areas in Dallas. Our services included the assessment’s delivery, development of security operational guidelines, establishment of the appropriate staffing levels for security personnel onsite, and the procurement/selection management for the security services provider.

CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF WATER
RESOURCES | SACRAMENTO, CA
Guidepost provided security consulting services for the California Department of Water Resources East Branch district located in Sacramento, California. Our services included a security assessment of the existing buildings and satellite locations and security systems design for all existing buildings and new construction within the district.

POWAY UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT | POWAY,
CA
Guidepost assessed thirty-eight (38) schools and two (2) district facilities buildings. Our assessments included the review of existing safety and security policies, procedures, emergency plans, and physical security measures. Guidepost deployed a team of K-12 experts to observe, collate, and provide
recommendations and solutions for corrective measures for an enhanced and consistent security approach across all schools dependent on school type (Elementary, Middle, High). Guidepost also provided Security Management Plan and Emergency
Management Plan templates for District use and distribution across its schools to support consistent security and emergency planning and implementation of incident response.

Guidepost Solutions LLC 14

VIDER PAGE

PROJECT

UNDERSTANDING,
METHODOLGY +

APPROACH
Guidepost Solutions LLC 15

PROJECT UNDERSTANDING
The Guidepost team is prepared to provide the City with a comprehensive physical security and electronic security systems assessment and master plan. This project will identify assets, threats, and vulnerabilities to provide recommendations for upgrades and enhancements required to provide effective, efficient, and standardized electronic security systems command and control of a City facilities. The recommended mitigation countermeasures will directly address the identified asset, threat, and vulnerability scenarios and vectors to reduce residual risk to acceptable and manageable levels.

MASTER PLAN APPROACH
The Guidepost team will take a comprehensive approach to assessing and developing security measures for the City facilities, considering multiple risk mitigation techniques simultaneously. We will evaluate how the electronic security systems function as an integral component of the overall security program in conjunction with standards, policies, and procedures. Guidepost understands that for any security program to be effective it must align with the constraints and context of the community, organizational culture, budget, staffing, administration, and roles and responsibilities of the various departmental stakeholders.

By addressing the following three core security program elements in an equally weighted and systematic manner, we will ultimately realize the most effective and efficient means to secure the City’s operations, people, and critical facilities. The three core elements of any security program are:
(01) Operations - Includes policies and procedures, alarm monitoring and response, reporting, system administration, staffing, training, and Information Systems management.
(02) Physical / Architecture - Includes doors, windows, loading docks, perimeter fencing, exterior lighting, vehicle barriers and gates, landscaping, signage, device mounting, and constructability.
(03) Technology / Electronic Systems - Includes card reader access control, security video surveillance, intrusion detection, security communications, security management software, cybersecurity, network security, wireless and cloud communications, documentation, and service and maintenance.

CRIME PREVENTION THROUGH ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN (CPTED)
With respect to additional security program concepts for protecting City facilities, the assessment and master plan will incorporate the recognized principals of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design. CPTED is a set of concepts that informs and guides non-technology-based security program design by leveraging natural access control, natural visual surveillance, territorial reinforcement, and maintenance. Each of these security program design concepts support the effectiveness of technology-based solutions, such as video surveillance systems, without requiring recurring costs from low-voltage infrastructure and licensing. CPTED reinforces the effectiveness of electronic security systems and acts as a deterrent by altering the perception of risk and thereby altering the decision-making process of potential threat actors.

Guidepost Solutions LLC 16

LAYERED SECURITY
Another security program concept that will be
incorporated into the assessment and master plan is
the industry standard strategy of “concentric layers of protection”. This approach is based on providing
multiple interrelated layers of protection that originate at the facility perimeter and are replicated at various other layers as one proceeds towards the most critical
areas and assets. These additional layers include the
building entries, interior lobbies, vertical
transportation, departmental zoning, and interior
controlled areas such as HR suites and IDF equipment
closets. Each layer provides deterrence, detection, and delay, while the secured transitions between the layers provide access control and opportunities for alarm monitoring and response.

PROJECT APPROACH
Guidepost will successfully deliver the comprehensive physical security and electronic security systems assessment and master plan using our proven three-step process described below.

ASSESSMENT: The Guidepost team will conduct meetings with designated City staff representatives to identify security issues and opportunities as well as security system device and equipment infrastructure, locations, needs, and related operational concerns. We will conduct thorough site assessments of each of the facility locations identified in the RFP. The site assessments will evaluate the existing conditions including staffing, policies and procedures, and electronic security systems supporting infrastructure including door hardware, cabling, network, and power.

MASTER PLAN: The Guidepost team will prepare a master plan for review and consideration which documents the findings and recommendations from the site assessments. The master plan will propose alternative solutions which describe the pros and cons – and costs – for various solutions and emerging technologies, along with opportunities for phased implementation.

Guidepost will work closely with the designated City t staff representatives to evaluate and understand the various alternative solutions and supporting infrastructure investment so that the City may make an informed decision.

LEAD PROJECT MANAGEMENT: Guidepost’s project manager for this engagement is certified as a Project Management Professional (PMP) by the Project Management Institute. Our project management processes will follow best practices from the Project Management Institute Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) guide including regular design team coordination meetings, project status communications, scope and schedule management, risk management, and quality control.

He also maintains Physical Security Professional and Certified Protection Professional certifications through the American Society for Industrial Security (ASIS).

Guidepost Solutions LLC 17

DIVIDER PAGE
TEAM

MEMBERS
Guidepost Solutions LLC 18
Nick Heywood

NICK HEYWOOD (CONTINUED)

EDUCATION
• Bachelor of Arts (Hons) Business
Administration, University of
Huddersfield, England

CERTIFICATIONS
• Project Management Professional
(PMP)

PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS
• ASIS International
• Project Management Institute

YEARS WITH GUIDEPOST
• 8

AREAS OF EXPERTISE
• Project Management
• Security and Safety Assessments
• Operational Policy & Procedure
Protocol Development
• Low Voltage Systems Design

NICK HEYWOOD PMP
Principal-in-Charge
Nick Heywood is an experienced project manager with the ability to successfully deliver complex multi-discipline projects on-time and within budget. As a trusted advisor, Mr. Heywood maintains open communication between his client and the project team, ensuring that the client’s needs are clearly understood. Mr. Heywood’s vertical sector experience encompasses education, healthcare, corporate, and detention.

Mr. Heywood’s vertical public sector experience encompasses city/county, education, healthcare, corporate, and detention clients. He conducts physical security and safety assessments and develops existing condition observations into solutions that will provide enhancements to the security posture. Mr. Heywood is experienced in providing security technology systems solutions and designs, and he serves as the owner’s representative ensuring that project deliverables are successfully delivered and meet the operational intent of the design and the wants, needs and requirements of the client’s investment.

RELEVANT EXPERIENCE
 Provo City School District | Provo, UT
 City of Palm Springs | Palm Springs, CA
 County of Merced | Merced, CA
 City of Sacramento Department of Utilities | Sacramento, CA  City of West Sacramento | West Sacramento, CA
 Town of Westford Public Schools + Municipal Buildings | Westford, MA  San Jose Evergreen Community College District | San Jose, CA  Cypress Community College | Cypress, CA
 Fullerton Community College | Fullerton, CA
Guidepost Solutions LLC 19
David Rickerson

DAVID RICKERSON (CONTINUED)

EDUCATION
• Bachelor of Science, Computer
Information Systems, Humboldt State
University
• Associate of Science, Architectural
Design Drafting, Western Career
College

CERTIFICATIONS
• ASIS International - Physical Security
Professional (PSP)
• ASIS International - Certified
Protection Professional (CPP)
• Project Management Professional
(PMP)

PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS
• Construction Specifications Institute
• ASIS International
• Project Management Institute
• American Water Works Association

YEARS WITH GUIDEPOST
• 15

AREAS OF EXPERTISE
• Security Technology
• Low Voltage Systems
• Door Hardware Coordination

DAVID RICKERSON PSP, CPP, PMP
Lead Project Manager
David Rickerson has more than 20 years of professional experience in security program planning and consulting as well as the design, engineering, specification, and project management of a diverse array of technology solutions. His project experience spans a wide variety of markets including public sector, healthcare, higher education, K-12, corporate, data centers, and museums. His technical areas of expertise include access control, alarm monitoring, video surveillance, video analytics, intrusion detection, Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED), Security Operations Centers (SOC), emergency communications, telecommunications, and various other low-voltage systems. His experience with systems integration, administration and operations management, organizational best practices and staffing, electrified locking door hardware and keying systems, and constructability coordination greatly enhances his ability to lead projects to a successful completion in real-world deployments.

Mr. Rickerson has completed the American Water Works Association (AWWA) Utility Risk and Resilience Certificate Program. This certificate program provides a foundation for the development of an all-hazards approach to water utility risk and resilience management. The certificate program includes the following five modules:

Facilitating Compliance with America's Water Infrastructure Act of 2018, Security Practices for Operations and Management, Risk and Resilience for Water and Wastewater Systems, Emergency Planning, and Cybersecurity in the Water Sector.

The certificate program is based on several AWWA standards and associated resources (G430, G440, J100, and Cybersecurity Guidance) that facilitate compliance with provisions of America’s Water Infrastructure Act (AWIA) of 2018 for a water utility Risk and Resilience Assessment (RRA) and Emergency Response Plan (ERP). By completing this program, Mr. Rickerson allows Guidepost to be a trusted partner in the development of water utility Risk and Resilience Assessments and Emergency Response Plans.

Mr. Rickerson concluded his Chapter Officer leadership position as Chair of the San Francisco Bay Area Chapter of ASIS International in 2017. This position was a fouryear commitment which included the Secretary, Treasurer, and Vice Chair positions.

Mr. Rickerson is also a Member of the ASIS International Security Architecture and Engineering Council.

Guidepost Solutions LLC 20

DAVID RICKERSON (CONTINUED)
• Construction Administration
• Security Program Development
• Security Risk Assessments
• Master Planning
• Security Operations
• Security Administration
• Threat and Vulnerability Assessments
• Policy and procedure development
• Security Operations Centers (SOC)

RELEVANT EXPERIENCE
 Santa Rosa Junior College | Santa Rosa, California
 Valley Water District | San Jose, California
 Delta Diablo Sanitation District | Antioch, California  Oregon Lottery | Statewide, Oregon
 Central Contra Costa Sanitary District | Martinez, California  Orange County Sanitation District | Fountain Valley, California  City of Palm Springs | Palm Springs, California
 San Diego County Operations Center | San Diego, California  State Compensation Insurance Fund | Statewide, California  City of Oxnard | Oxnard, California
Guidepost Solutions LLC 21
John Dummett

JOHN DUMMETT (CONTINUED)

EDUCATION
• Master of Business Administration,
Operations Management, University of
Pennsylvania – Wharton School
• Bachelor of Arts, History, Minor in
Communication and Economics,
University of California at Davis

CERTIFICATIONS
• Lean Six Sigma, Green Belt
Certification, May 2017
• IPVM: Access Control, IP Video, and IP
Video Networking

YEARS WITH GUIDEPOST
• 3

AREAS OF EXPERTISE
• Physical Security
• Operational shortage reduction & loss
prevention
• IP CCTV systems
• Enterprise electronic access control

JOHN DUMMETT
Subject Matter Expert, Safety + Security
John Dummett is an innovative and versatile security expert, with more than 15 years of experience delivering customer-focused, operational quality solutions in challenging security, operations and Environment, Health, and Safety (EHS) settings.

Mr. Dummett is an expert in current enterprise card access systems, IP-based CCTV systems, and intrusion monitoring technologies. He has a proven track record of securing high risk industrial and commercial facilities. Mr. Dummett’s approach factors process, policy, and physical security manpower into security technology deployments, maximizing delivered value to the organization. Additionally, he has a unique background in leveraging security technologies in supply chain operations and in developing value-generating loss source metrics to reduce operating costs.

Further, Mr. Dummett has a demonstrated track record of success leading and coordinating teams in contract guard service management, project management, business continuity and disaster recovery, regulatory process compliance including OSHA and DOT criteria, and extensive experience working with municipal jurisdictions and first response government agencies.

Prior to joining Guidepost Solutions, Mr. Dummett rose through the ranks of corporate security, EHS and loss prevention programs, and held high level management positions in both the retail industry and wholesale regulated substance industry.

RELEVANT EXPERIENCE
 Horton Plaza | San Diego, California
 Beacon Properties | San Francisco, California
 Equity Office | San Francisco, California
 JLL | Western Regional High Rises
 Western Digital Corporation | Worldwide
 Robinhood Markets, Inc. | Worldwide
 Genentech, Inc. | South SF GSOC Monitoring Center
 Electronic Arts Inc. | Redwood City, California
 TransAmerica Pyramid Tower | San Francisco, California  Post Montgomery Tower | San Francisco, California
Guidepost Solutions LLC 22
Jordan Hudson

JORDAN HUDSON (CONTINUED)

EDUCATION
• Bachelor of Science, Global Security
and Intelligence Studies, Embry-Riddle
Aeronautical University, Concentration
in Chinese – Mandarin, Minor in
Business Administration

PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS
• ASIS International

YEARS WITH GUIDEPOST
• 1

AREAS OF EXPERTISE
• Global Investigations
• Enterprise Security
• Security Design + Assessment
• Risk Assessment
• Independent Security Studies

JORDAN HUDSON
Subject Matter Expert, Safety + Security
Jordan Hudson has expertise in physical and technical security assessments as well as security design for private and public entities internationally and across the United States. She has also served on projects for emergency management and action planning, independent security studies, as well as investigations. Prior to joining Guidepost, she was a security consultant for an international leader in safety, security and risk-based engineering and consulting.

Ms. Hudson has performed and supported a multitude of design and assessment projects throughout her career across most major verticals, including professional sports stadiums, cultural museums, chemical plants, industrial sites, high profile residences and offices among others. She has provided security design, REVIT modeling, and research assistance for various projects such as multiple US Embassy designs. Additionally, Ms. Hudson has operated as the on-site representative and collaborated with architectural firms for COVID-19 related contamination mitigation egress route creation.

As an intern with the U.S. Department of Defense, Missile Defense Agency (MDA), Ms. Hudson participated in the MDA Open-Source Intelligence Resource Initiative, utilizing analytical research skills to identify and report Department of Defense controlled information on the open web. Due to the effectiveness of her work, she received a personal letter of commendation from the Director of Technical Intelligence of the MDA.

Ms. Hudson has intermediate proficiency in Mandarin Chinese.

JORDAN HUDSON (CONTINUED)
 John's Hopkins University | Baltimore, Maryland
 Vandenburg Space Force Base | Vandenburg, California
 Western Digital Corporation | Worldwide
 Applied Materials | Worldwide
Guidepost Solutions LLC © Guidepost Solutions LLC 24
Bogotá
Boston
Chicago
Dallas
Honolulu
London
Los Angeles
Miami
New York
Palm Beach
Phoenix
San Francisco
Seattle
Singapore
Walnut Creek
Washington, DC
WE ARE YOUR GUIDEPOST.

Guidepost Solutions offers global investigations, compliance, monitoring, and security and technology consulting solutions that keep you moving forward. Whether you are facing a challenge or pursuing an opportunity, our team of experts provides leadership and strategic guidance to address your needs.

NICK HEYWOOD PMP
Associate Vice President
+1 510.250.6235
[email protected]
guidepost-solutions
GuidepostGlobal
Proposal for:

Security Assessment
12/2/2022

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY - PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
This document includes data and information that shall not be disclosed outside AEGIS Security & Investigations and the intended recipient only. It shall not be duplicated, used, or disclosed – in whole or in part – for any purpose other than to evaluate this proposal for contracted services. This document is the property of AEGIS Security & Investigations and may not be distributed or reproduced, in whole or in part, without the express written consent of AEGIS Security & Investigations management. The information subject to this restriction are contained in all sheets of this proposal Prepared by:

Jeff Zisner, Certified Protection Professional
President & CEO
PPO#16744 | PI#27756
310-838-2787 | [email protected]
10866 Washington Blvd. Suite #309
Culver City, California 90232
www.aegis.com
Prepared for:

Nick Mangkalakiri, P.E., City Engineer
City of Cypress
[email protected]
5275 Orange Ave. Cypress, CA 90630
A Step in the Right Direction…

USE OR DISCLOSURE OF DATA CONTAINED ON THIS SHEET IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTION ON THE TITLE PAGE OF THIS PROPOSAL Dear Nick,AEGIS specializes in high-end, customer service focused security, investigative, training, and consulting solutions. Since our inception in 2007, our goal has been to meet and exceed our client’s expectations. We accomplish this by conducting a physical assessment of the internal and external environment, analyze existing policies and procedures, and by focusing our audits tuned to our clients’ hierarchy of needs, resulting in a high quality deliverable our clients appreciate and can use.Combining a full service audit with crime prevention through environmental design, facilitated discussions and SWOT analysis, penetration testing, analysis of modus operandi, and training programs within the client’s hierarchy of needs is what we collectively call “The AEGIS Difference.” The philosophies of “The AEGIS Difference” allow us to add value and differentiate ourselves from other security consultants.We very much look forward to having you as special and valued client. If you have any questions regarding our services or topics within this proposal, please feel free to reach out to me directly any time.

Warmest Regards,
Jeffrey Zisner, CPP
President & CEO
AEGIS Security & Investigations Inc.

The AEGIS Difference

USE OR DISCLOSURE OF DATA CONTAINED ON THIS SHEET IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTION ON THE TITLE PAGE OF THIS PROPOSAL  Constructing and deploying a scalable security
plan tuned to our clients’ hierarchy of needs
 Providing policy and procedural based solutions
to create change without spending money
 Full evaluation of current security program Analysis and design of security plan and emergency management procedures
 Value adds including unique training
and specialized consulting services
What is AEGIS?

USE OR DISCLOSURE OF DATA CONTAINED ON THIS SHEET IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTION ON THE TITLE PAGE OF THIS PROPOSAL AEGIS was designed, developed, and deployed by
the US Navy in December 1969 after “the aegis”, the
shield of the Greek god Zeus.

The heart of the system is an advanced radar array
known as “the Shield of the Fleet.” The high power
system performs searching, tracking, and missile
guidance functions simultaneously against over 100
land, sea, or air threats up to 100 miles away.

AEGIS Security & Investigation’s mission is to effectively and efficiently create a system capable assessing, evaluating, testing, preventing, and responding to a broad range of threats and client concerns.

Our Philosophy

USE OR DISCLOSURE OF DATA CONTAINED ON THIS SHEET IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTION ON THE TITLE PAGE OF THIS PROPOSAL We see many of the services we provide much
like that of an insurance policy
While you can drive with minimal coverage, it
won’t protect you when you get into an accident.

An ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure
A little effort up goes a long way in identifying,
managing, and minimizing issues.
“Ultimate excellence lies not in winning every battle,
but in defeating the enemy without ever fighting.”
― Sun Tzu, The Art of War
Company Management Structure

USE OR DISCLOSURE OF DATA CONTAINED ON THIS SHEET IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTION ON THE TITLE PAGE OF THIS PROPOSAL Jeff Zisner
President & CEO
Shayna Bornstein
VP, People & Payroll
Leia Bonilla
Director of Scheduling
Jesse Cerritos
Area Manager
Southern California
Robert Sanchez
Area Manager,
Central California
Site Security
Manager
Justin Lee
Area Manager,
Northern California
Mark Van Holt
VP, Special Projects
David Macias
Ops Manager, S. Cal
Oscar Esparza
Ops Supervisor, C. Cal
Site Security
Supervisor
Security Officer
Site Security
Supervisor
Security Officer
Jose Gonzalez
Director of Operations
Kelsey Good
HR Manager
JR Martino
Area Manager
San Diego
Doron Horowitz
VP, Strategic Initiatives
Nicky Frankel
Senior
Recruiter
Charles Jasper
Director of Protective Intelligence
Jahnita Davis
Office Manager, N. Cal
Carlos Olivo
Field Supervisor
Yonathan Herrera
Field Supervisor
Project Team

USE OR DISCLOSURE OF DATA CONTAINED ON THIS SHEET IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTION ON THE TITLE PAGE OF THIS PROPOSAL Mark Van Holt, VP of Special Projects w/ 35 years experienceRetired Police Chief from Santa Ana Unified School DistrictNational expert of community oriented policing, security management, and site risk mitigation in municipalitiesDoron Horowitz, VP of Strategic Initiatives w/ 30 Years experienceFormer Sr. National Security Advisor, Security Communities NetworkFormer Director of National Security Infrastructure for the Canadian Jewish Community & Retired Israeli Special Police Unit CommanderJeff Zisner, CEO w/ 18 years experience in assessments/consultingMedia recognized and ASIS board certified security expert (CPP)Court vetted expert witness and California Certified Security InstructorFBI’s Infragard LA Commercial Facilities LiaisonJeff will function as the primary consultant and project managerCharles Jasper, Director of Protective Intel w/ 17 years experienceFormer Security Administrator for Westfield Malls conducting Assessments, and developing implementing security strategic plansRetired US Army Officer tasked with intel and force protection Our Experience
 Armed and unarmed security Loss prevention agents Special event security Executive protection agents Fraud and theft investigations Workers compensation fraud Hostile employee termination  Security cameras and alarms Risk/vulnerability assessments  Physical target hardening Active shooter training Workplace violence training Terrorism awareness training Security team training Some of our clients have included:

USE OR DISCLOSURE OF DATA CONTAINED ON THIS SHEET IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTION ON THE TITLE PAGE OF THIS PROPOSAL Security Assessments

USE OR DISCLOSURE OF DATA CONTAINED ON THIS SHEET IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTION ON THE TITLE PAGE OF THIS PROPOSAL AEGIS’s consulting services are designed to conduct a broad evaluation, answering client’s questions, posing new ones, reviewing and auditing existing practices, suggesting alternatives to an existing framework and detailing and creating deployable plans.
“Whoever is first in the field and awaits the coming of the enemy, will be fresh for the fight; whoever is second in the field and has to hasten to battle will arrive exhausted.”
― Sun Tzu, The Art of War
Comprehensive Security Assessment – Advance

USE OR DISCLOSURE OF DATA CONTAINED ON THIS SHEET IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTION ON THE TITLE PAGE OF THIS PROPOSAL Intelligence Gathering & Preparation
Duration: ¼ Day Per Site Environmental reports, crime reports, history of the site, historical issues, problem areas, current security program, and desired client initiatives  Obtaining law enforcement, medical, and fire response capabilitiesPre‐Assessment Policy & Procedure ReviewDuration: ½ Day Per Site Evaluation of existing security Standard Operating Procedures Evaluation of existing Emergency Action Plans Assessment of reporting, tracking, screening, and communication systems Employee Self Assessment
Duration: ¼ Day Per Site Crafting surveys to identify crowd sourced employee safety, security, and environmental shortfalls
 Identifying and sourcing survey responses from employees able and willing to provide input for consideration
 Analysis of employee feedback
Comprehensive Security Assessment – On‐Site

USE OR DISCLOSURE OF DATA CONTAINED ON THIS SHEET IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTION ON THE TITLE PAGE OF THIS PROPOSAL Red Team Penetration & Vulnerability TestingDuration: Upon arrivalA full scale, real time, simulated breach to test response times, effectiveness of current procedures, and emergency response against industry standardsCrime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) Duration: 1 Day Per Site Examination of internal and external spaces within the surrounding area  Analysis of defensible space, access control, and lockdown/evacuation SOPs  Study of natural and built surveillance from security posts  Evaluation of access control systems, CCTV, alarms, structural components, lighting, and other physical security improvements
 Assessment of territorial reinforcement based on the modus operandiPhysical Security Team AuditDuration: Concurrent with site visit (1) Day Per Site Observation of effectiveness of security team at assigned roles Adherence to best practices and SOPs Identification of policy, procedural, and training deficiencies Comprehensive Security Assessment – On‐Site

USE OR DISCLOSURE OF DATA CONTAINED ON THIS SHEET IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTION ON THE TITLE PAGE OF THIS PROPOSAL Facilitation of Systems Approach to Risk Management
Duration: Concurrent with site visit (1) Day Per SiteA guided discussion with the crisis action team to develop a site specific, cost effective, deployable plan based on a SWOT analysis, prevailing threats, and the root cause examinationTabletop Scenario Gaming Duration: Concurrent with site visit (1) Day Per SiteThe facilitation of tabletop scenarios are designed to test security and emergency procedures in a real world environmentPolicy / Procedure Review & Risk Mitigation Duration: Concurrent with site visit (1) Day Per Site A guided discussion with crisis action team  Evaluation & improvement of existing security Standard Operating Procedures
 Evaluation & improvement of existing Emergency
Action Plans
Comprehensive Security Assessment – Wrap Up

USE OR DISCLOSURE OF DATA CONTAINED ON THIS SHEET IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTION ON THE TITLE PAGE OF THIS PROPOSAL Review of Architectural Plans & Existing Systems / Design Updates Duration: ½ DayA detailed review of the existing built environment and systems as well as overlaying design updates on existing plansNotes & Report WritingDuration: 1 Day Per SiteCompiling field notes, writing draft reports, updatingrevisions, and submitting final draftsRFP for Systems Improvements & Cost AnalysisDuration: 1/2 Day Per SiteCreating RFPs, sourcing vendors, disseminating RFPs, conducting site walks, analysis of responsesColor Coded Final Deliverable Report w/ Options for Consideration Optional Customized All Hazards Emergency Action Plans
Customized, site specific, carefully crated plans addressing potential issues -February
 Review survey results Conduct site visits Perfrom assessments Meet w/ stakeholders Assemble field notes -March  Outline systems improvements
 Outline infrastructure changes
 Submit progress report
 Develop RFPs for cost data -April
 Source potential vendors Distribute the RFP Schedule site walks Finalize draft reports Submit final drafts -May  Collect RFP responses
 Analyze responses
 Detail recommendations
 Submit final report
 Conduct presentations
-January
 Notice of Award
 Joint kickoff meeting
 Identify stakeholders
 Request current plans
 Develop execution plan
 Conduct intel, SOP/EAP review
 Send employee survey
Tentative Implementation Plan
Project Completion
Optional Workplace Violence Prevention & Active Shooter Training

USE OR DISCLOSURE OF DATA CONTAINED ON THIS SHEET IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTION ON THE TITLE PAGE OF THIS PROPOSAL Level 1: How to Survive an Active Shooter Lecture1 Hour | Maximum Participants: 100Participants will learn proven techniques on how to survive an active shooter taught by a security expert and professional instructor. Level 2A: How to Survive an Active Shooter Workshop w/ Demos2.5 Hours | Maximum Participants: 50 Included are immersive physical scenarios that force participants to react quickly.Level 2B: Workplace Violence Prevention & Active Shooter Survival Workshop

2.5 Hours | Maximum Participants: 50
Included is situational awareness training and table top exercises that test participants’ knowledge, understanding, and reaction to perceived threats.Level 3: Workplace Violence Prevention & Active Shooter Survival w/ Demos 4 Hours | Maximum Participants: 50Our most popular programming including all of the above.

EXPERIENCE THE AEGIS DIFFERENCE
References
Alexis GrossmanNetwork Operations LeadAlliance College-Ready Public School213-651-0412 | [email protected]: 23 Charter school campus assessments w/ deliverables, SOP/EAP review, + progress meetings, and stakeholder presentationsOmar CastilloDirector of SecuritySan Francisco War Memorial and Performing Arts Center415-554-6331 | [email protected]: Security assessments for 3 large public municipal facilities (War Memorial, Opera House, & Symphony w/ deliverables, SOP/EAP review + active shooter training workshops for staffLori ZaragozaAdministrative DirectorGranada Hills Charter High School818-384-0096 | [email protected]: Security assessments for 2 large campuses, SOP/EAP review + active shooter training workshops for staff + on-site security services D
T
F
S
I
M
p
b
J
a
e
p
t
I
T
O
D
Date: Octo
To: Jeff Z
Presi
AEGI
From: Oma
Direc
Subj: Appr
I would like
Memorial Pr
property ass
beginning to
Jeff persona
aspects, and
effort to tail
process. Jeff
to working w
I congratula
Thank you,
Omar Castill
Director of S
ober 21, 202
Zisner, CPP
ident & CEO
IS Security &
r Castillo
ctor of Secu
reciation Le
to express
reforming A
sessment an
o end. The e
ally made a s
d provided t
or the train
f was able to
with Jeff on
ate you on a
lo
Security, Sa
22 O
& Investigat
rity, San Fra
tter
my appreci
Arts Center
nd consultin
entire proce
site visit to
the active sh
ning to our s
o answer th
future train
well-develo
n Francisco
tions Inc.
ancisco War
ation for a j
reached out
ng. Jeff was
ess went ver
our propert
hooter train
specific need
he hard ques
ning classes
oped progra
o War Memo
r Memorial
job well don
t to Jeff rega
professiona
ry smoothly
ty, consulte
ning to our d
ds and prov
stions and c
s.
am.
orial
ne by Jeff Zi
arding activ
al, responsiv
y, and the tr
d on differe
diverse staff
vided feedba
communicat
sner and hi
ve shooter tr
ve, and effe
aining class
ent security
f. Jeff took t
ack through
te solutions
s team. The
raining,
ctive from
s was succes
and safety
he time and
hout the
s. I look forw
e War
ssful.
d
ward
August 28, 2017
Dear Prospective Client,
I am writing this letter of recommendation for Aegis Security and Investigations. Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) began using Aegis in December 2015 to provide on-site security for our Los Angeles office and various off-site events within the southern California region.

We found Jeff Zisner and the Aegis security officers to be knowledgeable, professional and extremely helpful to our security needs. Jeff provided security solutions that have since been incorporated into our day-to-day activities. He and his staff provided multiple in-depth active shooter training to our staff as well as a broad spectrum security assessment of our offices that resulted in improvements including a single access security kiosk, panic buttons, and backup satellite phone system.

Aegis has been able to handle any requests for coverage, even last minute armed or unarmed officers. We always felt very safe with Aegis Security and Investigations. I would highly recommend Aegis Security and Investigations to anyone experiencing security issues or concerns at their office locations.

Sincerely,
Catherine Kirschbaum
Chief Information Officer
Southern CA Association of Governments

USE OR DISCLOSURE OF DATA CONTAINED ON THIS SHEET IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTION ON THE TITLE PAGE OF THIS PROPOSAL To City of Cypress:

The undersigned hereby offers and agrees to furnish the services in compliance with all terms, scope of work, and conditions listed in this proposal, pending final acceptance of the service agreement. _______________________________________
Jeffrey Zisner
President & CEO
AEGIS Security & Investigations Inc.

The offer, services contract, and terms are hereby accepted, pending final acceptance of the service agreement.

Awarded this ________ day of ____________2022.
_______________________________________
Nick Mangkalakiri, P.E.

City Engineer
City of Cypress
5275 Orange Ave. Cypress, CA 90630
CITY OF CYPRESS
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
City Council Regular 11.

FROM: Matt Burton, Director of Finance and Administrative Services DATE: 04/24/2023
SUBJECT: Receive and File the Investment Report for the Month Ended March 31, 2023

RECOMMENDATION
Receive and file the attached investment report.

DISCUSSION
California Government Code Section 53607 and Cypress Municipal Code Section 2-18(f) requires the submission of a monthly investment report to the City Council. As of March 31, 2023, the City had $192.7 million (current market value) in cash and investments and the interest return (yield) on the public funds investments was 3.77%. As required by the Government Code, all investments are in conformity with the City's investment policy and sufficient cash flows are available to meet the next six months of estimated expenditures.

The attached Summary of Cash and Investments presents the investments held by the City of Cypress as of March 31, 2023. The Investment Report consists of the following five summaries:

1. Summary of Cash and Investments - Provides the total portfolio of the City.

Changes in Cash and Investments - Provides a two-month cash flow analysis by fund type. These separate fund types allow for restricted monies to be segregated and tracked separately. The total ending amount agrees to the current market value shown in the Summary of Cash and Investments.

2. Investments at Market Value by Maturity Date - Provides a list of investments by maturity date, and an indication of the liquidity (ability to turn into cash) of the investments. The California Government Code restricts the type of investments eligible for public funds. The City’s Investment Policy further defines permitted investments.

These restrictions in investment types and the terms of allowable investments result in limited yields on City investments.

3. Interfund Investments - Shows the amount of loans between City funds. There is a loan outstanding from the Infrastructure Reserve Fund to the Cypress Recreation and Park District General Fund related to the construction of Lexington Park.

4. Summary of Cash and Investments Held In Trust - Shows the investments held in trust by the Public Agency Retirement Services (PARS) for offsetting unfunded pension

5. by the Public Agency Retirement Services (PARS) for offsetting unfunded pension liabilities. The pension trust amounts can only be used for future pension obligations.

The legal restrictions on the allowable investment types are less restrictive than those in the City's portfolio, which provides the potential for higher yields to be earned on investments held in the pension trust.

As mentioned previously, the City had $192.7 million (current market value) in cash and investments at March 31, 2023. The investments included Federal Agencies and US Treasuries Debt ($126.3 million) and Investment Pools ($64.6). The City's bank accounts held $1.8 million on March 31, 2023.

The majority of the investment portfolio is with the State Investment Pool (Local Agency Investment Fund or LAIF) in which the State’s investment experts provide a diversified investment pool for local agencies to invest. By using the combined size of the participating cities and agencies, the State Pool can provide better yield, liquidity and investment knowledge than otherwise would be available to a single entity. The City has also invested in CalTRUST, which is a joint powers authority (JPA) investment pool option for public agencies.

The amount of cash in the City’s checking accounts fluctuates based on the maturity of investments, daily cash receipts, and when vendors and employees are paid. The daily balances maintained in the checking accounts provide credits which offset monthly bank charges. In addition to the Federal Depository Insurance Corporation (FDIC) which insures the first $250,000, excess checking deposits are secured by banks, government, or mortgage securities valued between 110% and 150% of the deposits.

BUDGET IMPACT
None.

LEGAL REVIEW
None required.

APPROVED BY: Peter Grant, City Manager
Attachments
Investment Report for the Month Ended March 31, 2023
Summary of Cash and Investments
As of March 31, 2023
Type Description
Investment
Date Maturity Date
Interest
Rate Carrying Value
Current Market
Value (2)
(1) Ckg General Operating Account Bank of the West 4/1/2023 - $ 1,734,947.45 $ 1,734,947.45 Pool Local Agency Investment Fund State Treasurer 4/1/2023 2.831 34,000,000.00 33,367,234.77 Pool Local Agency Investment Fund State Treasurer 4/1/2023 2.831 26,000,000.00 25,516,120.71 Pool CalTRUST Medium Term Fund CSAC Finance 4/1/2023 3.360 5,715,762.18 5,715,762.18 FFCB Federal Farm Credit Bank Bank of the West 2/21/2023 8/21/2024 4.875 10,000,000.00 10,023,100.00 FFCB Federal Farm Credit Bank Bank of the West 10/27/2022 10/17/2024 4.620 5,000,000.00 4,971,400.00 FFCB Federal Farm Credit Bank Bank of the West 1/10/2023 1/10/2025 4.310 3,010,800.00 3,004,740.00 FFCB Federal Farm Credit Bank Bank of the West 3/22/2021 3/17/2025 0.700 4,000,000.00 3,731,680.00 FFCB Federal Farm Credit Bank Bank of the West 1/13/2023 1/13/2026 4.000 2,000,000.00 1,999,140.00 FFCB Federal Farm Credit Bank Bank of the West 3/2/2023 3/2/2026 4.478 5,003,000.00 5,060,050.00 FHLB Federal Home Loan Bank Bank of the West 2/16/2023 8/16/2023 4.881 9,763,694.44 9,825,100.00 FHLB Federal Home Loan Bank Bank of the West 5/9/2022 11/9/2023 2.611 5,000,000.00 4,939,450.00 FHLB Federal Home Loan Bank Bank of the West 5/16/2022 2/16/2024 2.651 4,500,000.00 4,415,625.00 FHLB Federal Home Loan Bank Bank of the West 2/27/2023 2/27/2024 5.125 10,000,000.00 10,004,400.00 FHLB Federal Home Loan Bank Bank of the West 4/28/2022 4/19/2024 2.749 3,000,000.00 2,953,410.00 FHLB Federal Home Loan Bank Bank of the West 5/27/2021 2/27/2025 0.660 3,000,000.00 2,797,710.00 FHLB Federal Home Loan Bank Bank of the West 3/20/2023 6/20/2025 5.379 5,000,000.00 5,045,500.00 FHLB Federal Home Loan Bank Bank of the West 3/28/2023 3/28/2028 6.100 5,000,000.00 5,011,650.00 FHLMC Freddie Mac Bank of the West 7/28/2022 12/30/2024 3.350 4,000,000.00 3,911,920.00 FHLMC Freddie Mac Bank of the West 1/30/2023 1/27/2025 5.000 10,000,000.00 9,958,500.00 FHLMC Freddie Mac Bank of the West 9/21/2022 3/31/2025 4.320 5,000,000.00 4,972,700.00 FHLMC Freddie Mac Bank of the West 9/30/2022 9/30/2025 4.750 5,000,000.00 4,972,250.00 FHLMC Freddie Mac Bank of the West 3/13/2023 3/13/2026 5.625 10,000,000.00 10,001,200.00 TSY US Treasury Bill Bank of the West 4/28/2022 6/30/2023 2.010 4,984,385.95 4,960,450.00 TSY US Treasury Bill Bank of the West 3/3/2023 8/31/2023 5.054 9,756,152.78 9,804,900.00 TSY US Treasury Bill Bank of the West 7/28/2022 2/15/2024 2.957 3,991,953.27 3,932,360.00 Ckg Worker's Comp Account Bank of the West 4/1/2023 - 50,000.00 50,000.00 Ckg Liability Account California Bank & Trust 4/1/2023 - 8,500.00 8,500.00

$ 194,519,196.07 $ 192,689,800.11
Average Weighted Yield to Maturity: 3.77%
Average Weighted Days to Maturity: 387.29
(1) Negative cash balance (if any) shown due to checks being issued at month end, transfer to cover checks not made until early in the following month. (2) Current market value of securities with maturities in excess of 12 months (if any) are provided by third-party safekeeping agents.

I certify that this report reflects all Government Agency pooled investments and is in conformity with the Investment Policy of the City of Cypress. A copy of this Investment Policy is available at the Office of the Finance Director.

The Investment Program herein shown provides sufficient cash flow liquidity to meet six months estimated expenditures.

Signed: ________________________________
Finance Director
City of Cypress
Bank/Agent
1/31/2023 +RECEIPTS (DISBURSEMENTS) 2/28/2023 +RECEIPTS (DISBURSEMENTS) 3/31/2023

GENERAL
111/114 GENERAL FUND/GENERAL FUND-GRANTS $ 29,358,857 $ 3,140,138 $ (6,564,890) $ 25,934,105 $ 4,738,329 $ (3,352,050) $ 27,320,384

SPECIAL REVENUE
115 PANDEMIC RELIEF 6,276 - - 6,276 - - 6,276
212 CRPD-GENERAL FUND 15,183,513 450,856 (260,705) 15,373,664 614,432 (744,434) 15,243,662 213 CRPD-PARK DEVELOPMENT 1,440,791 - (1,434,209) 6,582 - - 6,582 221 TRAFFIC SAFETY 27,330 5,806 - 33,136 4,568 - 37,704 230 STREETS 7,842,636 145,673 (59,705) 7,928,604 417,738 (1,469,796) 6,876,546 251 LIGHTING DISTRICT #2 5,840,538 22,171 (91,743) 5,770,966 109,974 (41,281) 5,839,659 261 STORM DRAIN 1,367,444 34,272 (45,600) 1,356,116 35,426 (48,535) 1,343,007 262 PLANNED LOCAL DRAINAGE FACILITY 1,058,507 - - 1,058,507 - - 1,058,507 271 CORP CNTR MAINT DISTRICT #1 195,787 - (7,026) 188,761 17,882 (4,382) 202,261 280 ASSET SEIZURE 1,251,163 799 (5,772) 1,246,190 23,818 (8,676) 1,261,332 291 CABLE TV FRANCHISE AGREEMENT 724,034 18,352 - 742,386 - - 742,386 301 SUPPLEMENTAL LAW ENFORCEMENT 81,688 4,890 (11,260) 75,318 4,986 (11,023) 69,281 321 SEWER FUND 7,139,249 140,825 (28,207) 7,251,867 106,625 (35,976) 7,322,516 471 LOW AND MODERATE HSG ASSET 27,086 - (2,210) 24,876 900 (2,136) 23,640

CAPITAL PROJECTS
415 CITY CAPITAL PROJECTS 17,990,114 - (920,455) 17,069,659 38,107 (123,693) 16,984,073 416 INFRASTRUCTURE RESERVE 68,278,185 3,184,209 (350,445) 71,111,949 - (16,252) 71,095,697

TRUST AND AGENCY
600 TRUST AND AGENCY 1,507,851 85,213 (18,496) 1,574,568 19,757 (36,749) 1,557,576 611 BUSINESS ASSESSMENT DISTRICT 5,826 - - 5,826 - - 5,826 612 CFD #1 ASSESSMENT DISTRICT 153,575 - - 153,575 - - 153,575 620 REC & COMM SERVICES FOUNDATION 22,774 - - 22,774 10,450 - 33,224

INTERNAL SERVICE
710 CENTRAL SERVICES 3,727,948 224,390 (165,271) 3,787,067 226,596 (146,186) 3,867,477 720 CAPITAL REPLACEMENT 15,709,339 84,483 (138,744) 15,655,078 91,913 (47,265) 15,699,726 730 TECHNOLOGY IMPROVEMENT 2,289,081 - - 2,289,081 - - 2,289,081 750 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS 2,908,829 2,946,179 (2,432,943) 3,422,065 1,256,529 (886,580) 3,792,014 760 LIABILITY SELF INSURANCE 3,047,286 51,128 (1,016,605) 2,081,809 51,128 (360) 2,132,577 770 WORKERS COMP SELF INSURANCE 2,386,810 1,107,081 (66,685) 3,427,206 57,822 (61,203) 3,423,825 OTHER
811/812 WESTCOMM JPA 4,668,896 81,882 (263,896) 4,486,882 116,696 (302,192) 4,301,386 $ 11,728,347 194,241,413 $ (13,884,867) $ 192,084,893 $ 7,959,091 $ (7,354,184) $ 192,689,800 $ City of Cypress
Changes in Cash/Investments
City of Cypress

INVESTMENTS AT MARKET VALUE BY MATURITY DATE
As of March 31, 2023
1 day 181 days 1 year 2 years 3 years 4 years
to to to to to to
Investments 180 days 1 year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 5+ years Totals Percent CASH $ - 1,793,448 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 1,793,448 $ 0.93% FFCB - - 21,730,920 7,059,190 - - - 28,790,110 14.94%
FHLB 19,359,475 9,825,100 5,751,120 5,045,500 - 5,011,650 - 44,992,845 23.35% FREDDIE MAC - - 13,870,420 19,946,150 - - - 33,816,570 17.55% JPA POOL 5,715,762 - - - - - - 5,715,762 2.97%
STATE POOL 58,883,355 - - - - - - 58,883,355 30.56%
TSY 3,932,360 - 14,765,350 - - - - 18,697,710 9.70%
Totals $ 23,291,835 90,983,015 $ 41,352,460 $ 32,050,840 $ - $ 5,011,650 $ - $ 192,689,800 $ 100.00% Percent 47.22% 12.09% 21.46% 16.63% 0.00% 2.60% 0.00% 100.00% Note
Issue Maturity Interest Authorized Principal
Note No. To From Date Date Rate Amount Outstanding
2 CRPD City 02/08/21 06/30/25 LAIF 12,800,000 $ 4,941,761 $ 3 CRPD City 02/13/23 06/30/25 LAIF 1,275,000 $ 366,697 $ Total Interfund Investments 5,308,458 $

CITY OF CYPRESS

INTERFUND INVESTMENTS
As of March 31, 2023
Note Outstanding
The City Infrastructure Reserve Fund issued a promissory note to the Cypress Recreation and Park District General Fund to pay up to $12.8 million for the construction of Lexington Park. Repayment by the Cypress Recreation and Park District will be made from future park development fees. Advances to date total $12,268,775, and repayments to date total $7,327,014.

The City Infrastructure Reserve Fund issued a promissory note to the Cypress Recreation and Park District General Fund to pay up to $1.275 million for design costs associated with the rehabilitation of Arnold Cypress Park. Repayment by the Cypress Recreation and Park District will be made from additional Property Tax revenues resulting from the dissolution of the Successor Agency to the former Redevelopment Agency. Advances to date total $366,697.

Fund Type Issuer
Maturity
Date
One Year
Return * Cost Amount
Current Market
Value
PARS Public Agencies Post-Employment Benefits Trust
Trustee: Public Agency Retirement Services (PARS)
Section 115 Trust Pension Trust Various Open -5.11% 20,540,000.00 $ 22,470,041.34 $ Total $ 20,540,000.00 $ 22,470,041.34
* 12-month period ending with the current month.

City of Cypress
Summary of Cash and Investments Held In Trust
As of March 31, 2023
CITY OF CYPRESS
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
City Council Regular 12.

FROM: Matt Burton, Director of Finance and Administrative Services DATE: 04/24/2023
SUBJECT: Receive and File Register of Warrants, Transfers, and Wires Issued for the Period of March 25, 2023 through April 7, 2023

RECOMMENDATION
Receive and file the attached payment register summarized below for the period of March 25, 2023 through April 7, 2023:

Electronic Funds Transfers 12891 through 12929
Warrants 62070 through 62156
Payroll Transfers W1499

DISCUSSION
Payments to vendors for goods and services received and/or rendered are initiated and approved by the requesting department in accordance with proper purchasing guidelines.

Processing of these payments occurs centrally in the City's Finance Department with payments issued bi-weekly. A register listing of these payments is then presented to the City Council for approval. This register also includes any Electronic Funds Transfers (EFT), outgoing payroll transfers or wires issued since the previous register was presented to the City Council. Voided Payments (if any) are also identified.

All payments are processed on the City's financial management software system. This system generates a payment batch register, sorted by warrant number (or EFT/Wire number), and presents the invoice amount and a description of the payment issued.

BUDGET IMPACT
Total warrants, transfers, and wires issued (net of any voided payments) during the period of March 25, 2023 through April 7, 2023 are $1,676,708.91.

LEGAL REVIEW
None required.

APPROVED BY: Peter Grant, City Manager
Attachments
Payment Register for the Period 03-25-23 through 04-07-23 EFT/ Warrant
Number Vendor Payment Amount Description Invoice Invoice Amount 12891 145 - AUSTIN, CHERYL $ 56.52
W/C Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 56.52
12892 128744 - AYRES, RICHARD $ 300.00
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 300.00
12893 102038 - BALDWIN, DARRELL $ 300.00
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 300.00
12894 102087 - BISH, EDWARD $ 300.00
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 300.00
12895 100101 - BRUCE, THOMAS M $ 300.00
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 300.00
12896 129695 - COTE, ROBERT $ 300.00
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 300.00
12897 128938 - COX, RODNEY $ 56.87
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 56.87
12898 104003 - ESSEX, CLARE $ 433.92
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 433.92
12899 128044 - FORNISS, DANIEL $ 300.00
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 300.00
12900 129816 - FOSTER, SCOTT $ 300.00
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 300.00
12901 112129 - HERNANDEZ, ALEX $ 300.00
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 300.00
12902 100667 - LASSALLE, ISMAEL $ 300.00
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 300.00
12903 123656 - MANUEL, DEAN $ 300.00
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 300.00
12904 129700 - MCSHANE, CHRIS $ 232.96
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 232.96
12905 2017 - MINIKUS, SCOTT $ 294.34
Reimb/Medical Premiums 4/23 4/23 $ 294.34
12906 128832 - MORALES, PAULO $ 300.00
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 300.00
12907 122 - MORROW, RICHARD L $ 300.00
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 300.00
12908 129608 - OLSON, JAMES $ 300.00
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 300.00
12909 128784 - RAMSEY, KENNETH $ 125.00
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 125.00
12910 119027 - RAMSEY, STEVE $ 300.00
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 300.00
12911 180 - SWIFT, JEFF $ 300.00
Retiree Health Care Benefits 4/23 4/23 $ 300.00
City of Cypress
Payment Register
03/25/23-04/07/23

Page 1 of 9 ends

Cypress City CouncilApril 24, 2023

Cypress City Council
April 24, 2023